DPR For VMS Minerals PVT LTD

No. S No. Details Page No.
1. Executive Summary 004
2. Introduction 023
2.01 Solar Cell History 024
2.02 Solar Power Technology 027

Generation of electricity & importance of
2.03 034
Renewable energy
Government of India initiatives & Prime Ministers
2.04 038
Message
2.05 Message from Minister 040
2.06 JNNSM Mission & Activities 045
2.07 Indian energy scenario 050
2.08 Ministry of New & Renewable Energy (MNRE) 056

Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency
2.09 057
(IREDA)
2.10 Importance of Solar Power 062
2.11 Markets for future 068
2.12 Barriers & Benefits of Solar Power 070
2.13 Global Warming 073
2.14 Sources of greenhouse gases 075
2.15 Green house gas concentration trends 077

Atmospheric lifetime & Global Warming
2.16 Potential (GWP) for some green house gases 080
2.17 World energy scenario 081
2.18 Trends in global solar PV prices 095
Page No. 1 of 313

Detailed Project Report
VMS Minerals Pvt. Ltd.
2.19 Future trends expected in global solar PV industry 096
2.20 Clean Development Mechanism 097
2.21 Carbon Credit Values & Revenues 119
3. Salient Features 134
3.01 Salient Features of the Project 135
3.02 Terminology 137
3.03 Proposed site
4. SWOT Analysis 138
5. Solar radiation resource assessment 143
6. Technology used for Solar Power Generation 187
6.01 Overview of Proposed solar power technology 188
6.02 Solar Cells & Solar Panels 189
6.03 Inverter 192
6.04 General Specification/Interface 193
6.05 Operation & Maintenance 197
6.06 Safety Systems 199
6.07 Constructional Requirement 200
6.08 Layout 201
6.09 Estimation of Power 206
6.10 Technical Requirement 210
6.11 SCADA System 211
7. Internal transmission 231
Page No. 2 of 313

Control, internal transmission and evacuation of
7.01 232
power
7.02 Inter Connection Facility 233
8. Steps for Project Execution Plan 242
9. Financial Analysis 247
9.01 Project Cost Breakup & Means of Finance 248
9.02 Assumptions & Estimates 250
9.03 Key Parameters 251
9.04 Projected Balance Sheet for 25 Years 253
9.05 Projected Profit & Loss Account for 25 Years 258
9.06 Projected Cash Flow for 25 Years 263
9.07 Projected Working Capital requirement for 25 Years 268
9.08 SLM Depreciation for 25 Years 273
9.09 WDV Depreciation for 25 Years 275
9.10 Income Tax Liability for 25 Years 280
9.11 Finance Expenses for 25 Years 285
9.12 Interest on Term Loan & Repayment 290
10. NASA Surface meteorology and Solar Energy 293
Page No. 3 of 313

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Page No. 4 of 313

Brief of the Project
The entire project is being set up in the State of Karnataka, in Bagalkot

District. The details are as follows:
Karnataka: Total 10.0MW

o Bagalkot 10.0MW
The details of the location and their co-ordinates are detailed below
Bagalkot
According to stone inscriptions in the surrounding area, the town's name was
formerly Bagadige. According to legend, the town was gifted to the
Bajantries (musicians) by Ravana, the king of Lanka who ruled this area. One
of the Bijapur kings is said to have presented the town to his daughter as
bangle money (a tradition in which the daughter is given money to buy
bangles, sarees, gold ornaments from her parents after the marriage).
Consequently the place acquired the name Bagdikot, which later became
Bagalkot. Bagalkot remained under successive dominions of Vijayanagar
emperors, Peshwas, Hyderali of Mysore, Maratha rulers, and finally the
British in 1818. In 1865, it was established as a municipality and civic
amenities were provided to the residents of Bagalkot. The place was a noted
centre of freedom movement and the Unification movement.
Today, Bagalkot is divided into two parts - the new Bagalkot or Navanagar
and the old Bagalkot town. The construction of new town became necessary
following submergence of parts of old town due to construction of Almatti
dam. Navanagar is a planned town with grid pattern layout with wide roads,
parks, and other amenities.
Geography
Bagalkot is located at 16.18N 75.7E.[1] It has an average elevation of 533

metres (1,749 ft). It is situated on the bank of the river Ghataprabha.
Page No. 5 of 313

Education
Bagalkote has many famous educational institutions, including Basaveshwara

Vidya Vardhaka Sangha and Sakri Sangha. Many colleges are affiliated with
Rani Channamma University, Belgaum, Visvesvaraya Technological
University, Belgaum, Rajiv Gandhi University of Health Sciences, Karnataka.
Basaveshvara Engineering College (BEC),Bagalkot was established in 1963. S
Nijalingappa Medical College, HSK (Hanagal Shree Kumareshwar) Hospital
and Research Centre,Bagalkot is affiliated with Rajiv Gandhi University of
Health Sciences, Ramanagara.
The University of Horticultural Sciences (UHS) is headquartered in
Navanagar, Bagalkote with its constituent colleges spread across the state.
For list of schools in Bagalkot www.nammabagalkot.in
Holi Habba (Festival of Colours)
Bagalkot is famous for its "Holi Habba" i.e. Festival of Colours. It is said that
Bagalkot ranks second to Kolkata in the way it celebrates Rang
Panchami.[citation needed] The festive is celebrated across 4 days, with the
first day for Kama Dahanam followed by 3 days of playing colours. Holi is
celebrated with lot of alacrity and grandeur by the people of Bagalkot. It also
symbolises religious unity and harmony where people of all sects come
together to celebrate it. There are 5 different localities called as "Onees"
namely jainpeth, hosapeth, halpeth, killa and venkatpeth hosapeth being the
largest in area. In earlier times, Holi was celebrated over 6 days, with the
each of last 5 days dedicated to the five "Onees" to celebrate colour
separately. However, this was reduced to three days for security reasons.
Demographics
As of 2011 Census of India,[2] Bagalkot had a population of 97,377 with

males constituting 52% of the population and females 48%. Bagalkot has an
average literacy rate of 70%, higher than the national average of 59.5%,
with 77% of the males and 61% of females literate. Some 12% of the
population is under 6 years of age.[3] Kannada is the major language spoken
here.
Page No. 6 of 313

Transport
Road Bagalkot is well connected by road and railway routes. The National
Highway NH-218 from Hubli to Humnabad passes through Bagalkot.
The state highway passing through Bagalkot connects NH-13 at about 40 km
from Bagalkot. It is connected to Belgaum by road and connected to Hubli.
World class State Highway Belgaum to Raichur passes through Bagalkot.
Railway Bagalkot is connected by a broad gauge railway line (Gadag-Hotgi
line) to Bijapur on the South Western Railway (SWR) towards the north and
to Gadag junction on the South Western Railway towards the south. Bagalkot
is connected with direct trains to Bijapur, Solapur, Gadag, Dharwad, Bellary,
Mysore, Bengaluru, Hubli and Ahmedabad.
GENERAL PROFILE OF BAGALKOT DISTRICT
Geographical area in sq.kms 6593 sq.Kms

Number of Revenue Blocks 06
Number of Educational blocks 06
Number of Gram Panchayat 163
Number of Taluk Panchayat 06
Number of Assembly Constituencies 07
Number of Zilla Panchayat Constituencies 32
Number of Towns (CMC 4, TMC 5, TPC 3) 12
Number of Wards 270
Number of Revenue Villages 625
Number of Habitations 244
With re-organization of the district in 1997, the new Bagalkot district has
come into existence during 50 th year of Indias independence. The
bifurcated Bagalkot district consists of six C.D. blocks namely Badami,
Bagalkot, Bilagi, Hunugund, Jamakhandi and Mudhol .
The district is located in the northern part of Karnataka. The most elevated
portion of the district lies between 450 to 800 meters above the sea level
extends over an area of 6593 sq. kms.
Page No. 7 of 313

The district is bounded by Bijapur district towards north, Gadag district
towards south, Raichur district towards east, Koppal district towards south
east and Belgaum district towards west .
Historical Background
Historically It is the home land of great chalukya dynasty. Aihole is place

described as the laboratory for architecture rather a university of Indian
architecture. Badami is famous internationally for caves carved in monolithic
single stone in the period of Immadi Pulakeshi-I along with historical famous
temples of Pattadakal, Mahakuteshwar temple in Mahakuta, Shivayogmandir
and Banashankari temple in Badami. Mudhol is the birth place of great poet
Ranna. Bilagi taluka Galagali village is famous for Galava Maharshi.
Jamakhandi was the capital city during the period of Patawardhana
Kingdom .
Kudalsangam the place where the great social revolutionist of 12 th century

lord Basavanna was educated. The galaxy of sharanas lived in this Holy
Land is itself a matter of pride .
The district has 605 Revenue villages and 244 habitations and 270 wards as
per the recent house to house survey Jan 2001. Some of the tandas are
declared as revenue villages. The district for the administrative purpose has
been divided in to 2 divisions Bagalkot and Jamakhandi. Bagalkot division
comprises of 3 taluks. Bagalkot, Badami, Hungund and Jamakhandi divisions
comprise of 3 taluks namely Jamakhandi, Mudhol and Bilagi
Rivers : Rivers Malaprabha, Ghatprabha and Krishna flows in the district
Language :
The prominent language spoken is Kannada. Other languages like Marathi,

Urdu,Telugu and Gujarati are also spoken by small portion of population .
Religion ,Castes & tribes :
The major community follows the religious ethics of Hindusm. Islam, Jainism
and Christianity are the minor religions.
Page No. 8 of 313

BAGALKOT
Bagalkot is 90Km away from the city of Bijapur. According to a legend, the
town was believed to be granted to the Vajantries (ie. Village orchestra) of
Ravana. In inscriptions, the old name of the twon was quoted as Bagadage,
and headquarters of a unit called Bagadage-70 under the Chalukyas. one of
the Bijapur kings said to have presented the town to his daughter as a
bangle or ornament money; consequently the place is said to have been
called Bagdikot and corrupted to Bagilakote or Bagalkot. Earlier to this,
vijayanagara kings had held sway over this part of the country. between
1664 to 1755 this territory was under the management of the Savanur
Nawab from whom it was annexed by the Peshwa, Balajirao. During 1778,
Haider Ali took possession of Bagalkot and was later held by the Savanur
Nawab as his vassal. Again it fell into the hands of the Marathas by the
agreement of Srirangapattana(1792). In 1800, the provincial manager,
Anandarao Bhikaji belonging to the Rastia family residing at bagtalkot built a
palace. In 1810, Peshwa Bajirao II gave the area to Nilkantharao
Sarsubedar who held Bagalkot Fort supported by a garrison till Gen. Munro
occupied it in 1818. The chief Temples of the Place are of Shri Bhavani,
Panduranga and Kotalesha, Raghavendraswamy Matha and of Motagi
Basaveshwara. There is a Jaina basadi of Parshwanatha. The place has a
Virakta matha. The Place has several mosues of which Panka Masjid is a
very fine stone structure. The civic administration is managed by the
municipality. The Basaweshvara Vidyavardhaka Sangha here runs several
colleges and education institutions and the late S.C. Nandimath, noted
scholar was closely connected with this organisation. The place was a noted
centre of freedom movement and also of Unification movement. It is on the
banks of the Ghataprabha river and after the completion of Second stage of
Upper Krishna Project, a large part of the the town is expected to be
submerged (Already Submerged).The place has a cement factory and it is a
centre of trade in cotton and groundnut. Kaladgi is a big village situated on
the South bank of the Ghataprabha river, about 24 Km from Bagalkot. In
the initial stages of the British regime, cavalry was stationed here by the
Sourhern Maharashtra Jahgirdars. It was found to be a very suitable place
for the movement of troops. After the war, in 1864 it was made tthe district
headquarters. in 1884 the district Hq was shifted to Bijapur. In this place is
a fine temple of Basavanna, built out of famous Shellikeri Blackstone,. In
geological circles Kaladgi range is very familiar. The place is well known for
fruit gardens. Several old buildings and tombs of the British days, still
remain at this place. The town has a town Panchayat and a Khadi production
Unit.
Page No. 9 of 313

BADAMI
Badami is 500 KM away from Bangalore and 30 Km away from Bagalkot, is

known as Vatapi and Badavi and was laso the capital fo the Early Chalukyas,
called as Vatapiadhishtana. Ptolemy's Badiamaioi has been identified with
this place. Chalukya King Pulikeshi I strengthened Badami fort and perhaps
made it capital and this is inidcated by the earliest Badami Cliff Inscriptions
of 543 and the place continued as the royal seat upto 753, barring a brief
spell when Pallavas occupied it (642-55). Badami was also in the possession
of the Vijayanagara kings, the Adilshahs, the Savnur Nawab, the Marathas,
Haidar Ali and lastly it was annexed by the British who made it a part of the
bombay presidency. The main archaeologicval interest Badami lies in its
ancient rock-cut shrines situated in the western part of the Sourth fort,
reached by a flight of steps. Out of four rock-cut shrines(Caves), all hewn out
of sand stone on the precipice of a hill, the first three are of the Vedic faith
and last one is Jaina. They are full of mythological sculptures. An inscription
found here records the creation of the Shrine by Mangalesh in 578. There
are some paintings on teh ceiling and the style indicates maturity but has
lost its original dazzling colour. The fourth cave is Jaina which lies a little east
of cave III. The sanctum is adorned by the image of Mahavira. Image of
Jain Tirthankara and idols of Bahubali, Yakshas and Yakshis are engraved in
inner pillars and walls. Overlooking the cave temples is a well built
reserviour, locally current as Agasthya Tirtha and its bank is dotted with
temples .
Bhanashakri : About five km from Badami and the famous temple of

Banashankari or Shakambari here is hightly reserved. The idol is of
blackstone seated on linon and tramples a demon by foot. This old Dravidian
temple has been modernised. In front of the temple is a large pond called as
Haridra Tirtha corrupt form of Harishchandra Tirtha. t is enclosed by stone
mantapas on the three sides with inner colonnades. A Jatra is held at Banada
Hunnime .
Guledgud: It is around 24 Km from Badami and when some emigrants came

and settled by the side of a hill, it began to be called as Guledgud, meaning
Emigrants Hill. During the rule of Ibrahim Adilshah II, a fort was erected here
in 1580, by a Bijapur Officer Singappa Naik Desai and later the place came
under the Mughuls. On the site of a dry lake the present town was built in
1705. It fell into Tippu in 1787 and later came under the Marathas. The
Choli(khana) cloth manufacture at this place is very famous and in great
demand. The town comprises of large number of weavers .
Page No. 10 of 313

BILAGI
Bilgi is situated at a distance of 30 Km from Bagalkot. To the north of Bilgi is

a stone pond called Arettina Bavi (Six - bullock well) , an object of interest.
The shrine inside the well, of Mahadeva, is not worshipped as the linga is
broken. The stone inscriptions in Kannada, marathi and persian built into the
walls of the well register that it was constructed by vVisajipanta in the year
1708 A.D. There is a dargah of Hasan Dongri, in the town. Moharam festival
is celebrated in a big way here. One Km to the south of Bilgi is the temple of
Siddeshvara, encompassed by hillocks. On a footstep of the temple is an
inscription of 1695-96 which records construction of the eastern doorway by
Khanderao Timmaji, a subordinate of Vajir Haidar Khan ..
HUNGUND
Hungund is around 40 Km from Bagalkot and is on the National Highway.

The earlier names of Hungund was Honnakunda or Honnagunda, which was
derived probably owing to the tracing of Yellow coloured talc, resembling gold
on the hill overlooking the town. According to an inscription here, lands were
granted to Mallikarjuna by Satyavati Mahadevi whose husband was king
Ayyanorva of the Ballala family. A branch of the Vijayamahanteshvara
matha is functioning here .
Ilkal: is the biggest town in the taluka. It lies about 13 Km away from
Hungund. The town is noted for its matha of Vijayamahantheshaswami. To
the south - east of the town, on the bank of the Hirehalla is a big temple,
consisting of gadduges relating to Vijayamahanteshaswami and his religious
preceptor Gurumahanta Shivayogishvara. In this place is held annualy , a car
festival in honour of Vijayamahantesha. To the east of the town, on the
elevated spot stands erected a big domed structure, housing the Dargah of
Hazarath Syed Murtaza-Sha-Khadri. It is held in high esteem and annual
urus draws huge crowds. The town is famous for several varieties of sarees
like saw handloom, art silk and silk. .
Page No. 11 of 313

JAMAKHANDI
Jamkhandi is an important town, about 80 Km from Bagalkote. Jamkhandi

was the capital ofthe former Maratha Pricipality of the Patavardhans, cousins
of the Miraj family in Maharashtra. The place is known as Jambukandi in
records, probably derived from the Jambukeshwara temple of the place. The
temple of Kadapatti Basaveshvara is widely respected in the town. There are
also shrines of Sangameshvara and Neelamma in this temple. Every year a
Jatra of Basaveshvara and a cattle fair is conducted at this place. Another old
temple here is Jambukeshvara, which is a Chalukyan monument .There is a
mosque in the town and the dargah of Abubakar is highly venerated. To the
west of the town on a hillock called Ramatirtha stands a grand edifice
'Ramachandra Prasad', once the royal residence of the Jamkhandi rulers,
and Tripura Sundari Temple. Shurpali, 10 Km from Jamkhandi is on the
banks of Krishna, and has a Lakshminarayana temple and the Sadananda
Matha. It was an agrahara. Rabkavi-Banhatti is a place about 19Km to west
of Jamkhandi. This town area comprises of four places namely Rabkavi,
Banhatti, Hosur and Tampur. In 1952 the municipalities of Rabkavi and
Banhatti were merged into one Municipality. The plae is very famous for its
powerloom and handloom sarees, which has a very good market
MUDHOL
Mudhol is situated about 50 Kms from Bagalkot on the left bank of the
Ghataprabha river and administered by a municipality. In the bygone days it
was called as Muduvolal means 'Lovely Town'. it is believed to be the birth
place of great kannada poet Ranna. Mudhol served as a capital of the
erstwhile princely State of the Ghorpades, the descendents of Baji
Ghorpade, whio was an army officer int he Bijapur Court and they ruled till
1947. There is an old under ground Shiva Temple in hte town which is a fine
monument. The Swetamabar Jaina temple here has fine images like
Munishvaraji and Mahaviraswami. The Brahmagaddi Matha (big one) and
Mahalingeshvara math are two matha in the town. The famous dargah of
Saifi Saheb is located on a highly elevated spot and its yearly urus attracts
large number of people. The town is noted for its grinding stones and basil
stands. Mahalingapura is a town about 19Km to the North west of Mudhol.
Its earlier name Naragatti subsequently renamed as Mahalingapura in honour
of Saint Mahalingeshwvara. Large number of handlooms are working in the
town and handloom sarees manufactured here find ready markets.
Page No. 12 of 313

Mean Monthly Global Solar Radiant Exposure (MJm-2) Over India
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Annual
Minicoy 17.77 20.20 21.79 21.38 18.19 16.01 16.49 17.60 18.33 18.01 16.69 16.59 18.34
Thiruvananthapuram 19.93 22.05 23.40 21.38 19.61 17.38 17.84 19.00 20.53 18.17 16.56 18.07 19.45
Port Blair 18.44 21.06 21.22 20.75 15.76 13.94 13.77 14.50 15.48 16.14 16.74 17.09 17.27
Bangalore 20.42 23.35 23.70 23.64 22.88 17.72 16.71 16.16 18.89 18.42 17.45 17.35 19.70
Chennai 17.62 21.07 23.45 23.76 22.54 20.59 19.00 18.73 19.41 16.41 14.39 14.96 19.34
Goa 19.88 22.40 23.55 24.22 23.64 16.67 14.78 15.86 19.40 19.53 19.16 18.61 20.00
Hyderabad 19.64 22.03 24.22 24.87 23.87 20.13 18.50 17.56 19.77 18.67 18.07 17.96 20.34
Visakhaptnam 17.42 20.01 21.82 22.99 22.18 17.49 16.02 16.35 17.06 17.62 16.40 16.32 18.51
Pune 17.29 20.58 23.11 24.49 25.18 19.32 16.10 15.68 18.73 19.25 17.64 16.45 19.51
Mumbai 16.57 19.49 22.24 23.82 23.36 17.49 13.45 14.52 16.35 18.01 16.60 15.46 18.25
Nagpur 16.15 19.21 21.93 23.95 23.59 18.85 14.81 14.78 17.54 18.66 16.36 15.38 18.34
Bhavnagar 17.92 20.92 24.16 26.23 26.54 22.31 16.28 16.16 19.91 21.06 18.33 16.55 20.99
Kolkata 13.53 15.68 18.99 21.06 20.64 17.17 15.09 15.57 14.90 15.27 13.85 12.68 16.17

Ahmedabad 16.34 19.57 22.85 25.03 25.18 21.67 15.52 15.50 18.63 18.92 16.74 15.23 19.30
Bhopal 15.80 18.72 22.46 25.34 24.31 19.92 14.42 13.69 18.73 19.17 17.02 16.48 18.65
Ranchi 15.63 17.69 20.82 22.21 21.19 16.75 14.50 13.89 14.90 15.76 15.34 14.68 16.39
Varanasi 12.91 17.15 20.92 23.12 23.03 20.87 15.67 17.29 16.35 17.16 14.47 12.15 17.68
Shillong 14.11 16.67 19.27 21.13 18.41 16.42 16.06 14.93 14.03 15.18 15.63 14.43 16.27
Patna 13.01 17.00 20.94 22.86 22.66 20.27 15.72 16.71 16.39 16.73 14.71 11.87 17.25
Jodhpur 15.53 18.20 21.76 24.24 25.10 23.58 19.67 19.51 21.06 19.11 16.17 14.84 19.97
Jaipur 15.30 18.02 22.00 25.50 26.11 23.94 18.48 17.60 19.62 18.17 15.40 13.47 19.42
NewDelhi 13.32 16.42 20.64 24.07 24.43 22.54 19.07 17.79 18.90 16.80 14.13 11.93 18.25
Srinagar 4.77 9.77 14.25 18.24 20.25 22.26 20.16 18.75 18.22 13.89 9.24 6.99 15.40
Page No. 13 of 313

Mean Monthly Diffuse Solar Radiant Exposure (MJm-2) Over India
Minicoy 6.44 6.93 7.37 7.74 7.77 7.98 8.29 8.28 7.81 6.61 5.75 5.64 7.24
PortBlair 5.86 5.77 6.22 6.84 8.31 8.47 8.99 9.42 8.96 7.48 6.99 5.92 7.36
Bangalore 5.64 4.67 6.11 7.37 8.66 10.80 10.68 11.11 10.23 8.45 7.10 6.18 7.83
Chennai 7.58 6.88 7.25 8.05 9.20 10.57 11.04 11.18 9.69 8.52 7.75 7.62 8.76
Goa 5.10 5.55 7.58 8.84 9.87 10.55 10.88 11.64 10.59 8.48 6.14 5.00 8.10
Hyderabad 4.67 4.85 6.22 6.42 7.03 8.64 10.04 9.32 8.20 6.69 5.17 4.32 6.76
Visakhapatnam 6.15 6.23 7.64 8.66 9.59 10.51 10.56 10.56 9.47 6.96 6.26 5.70 8.24
Pune 4.42 4.77 5.79 6.57 7.83 10.99 11.84 11.66 10.01 6.70 5.15 4.28 7.38
Mumbai 6.09 6.79 7.17 8.25 9.82 10.85 10.45 11.41 10.61 8.73 6.63 6.16 8.52
Nagpur 4.93 5.77 6.87 7.61 9.16 10.28 10.52 10.38 9.16 6.97 5.37 4.72 7.53
Bhavnagar 4.37 5.41 6.55 7.22 8.55 11.71 12.29 12.29 9.41 5.90 4.44 4.62 7.60
Kolkata 5.92 6.77 7.72 9.27 10.67 10.67 10.28 9.76 8.68 7.37 5.94 5.37 8.19

Ahmedabad 4.58 5.43 6.63 7.46 8.85 11.11 11.41 11.28 9.17 5.99 4.74 4.43 7.57
Bhopal 4.26 4.87 6.28 7.43 9.56 10.02 9.93 9.95 8.95 5.94 4.86 4.43 7.16
Ranchi 4.85 5.82 5.96 7.06 8.24 9.02 9.12 9.63 8.52 6.64 5.52 5.42 7.21
Varanasi 5.50 6.07 7.09 8.55 9.94 10.77 10.54 9.84 8.25 6.20 5.36 5.39 7.54
Shillong 4.79 5.79 7.11 8.39 9.87 11.14 11.56 10.56 9.35 7.21 4.96 4.00 7.87
Patna 5.55 6.02 6.82 8.64 10.14 10.77 10.04 9.54 8.16 6.13 5.08 5.19 7.53
Jodhpur 4.23 5.33 6.67 7.97 9.56 10.77 11.90 11.00 7.43 5.25 4.13 3.98 7.15
Jaipur 4.61 6.10 7.29 8.21 9.52 10.78 10.92 10.13 7.57 5.41 5.09 4.63 7.47
NewDelhi 5.21 6.22 7.56 8.83 10.68 11.66 11.83 10.27 8.27 6.37 4.92 4.87 7.82
Srinagar 3.79 5.51 6.20 5.95 6.14 6.35 6.54 7.22 4.88 3.49 4.38 4.10 5.40
Page No. 14 of 313

M ean M onthly Global Solar Radiant Exposures on Cloudless Days (M Jm -2) Over India
Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
M inicoy 19.36 21.73 24.02 24.39 23.68 - 25.58 25.97 26.17 21.61 20.76 18.23
Thiruvananthapuram 22.20 23.91 24.36 25.78 - 24.92 - - 24.95 26.88 - 20.94
PortBlair 18.68 20.09 23.26 23.69 20.20 - - - - 16.60 21.17 19.89
Bangalore 22.87 24.12 24.94 25.75 25.62 - - 22.16 - 24.54 22.81 21.42
Chennai 21.92 24.24 25.41 25.14 25.12 25.07 24.70 24.11 24.63 23.07 21.70 21.12
Goa 20.39 22.55 24.74 25.35 26.70 - - - 27.85 24.60 20.48 20.88
Hyderabad - - 29.88 26.17 24.36 24.89 - - - - 15.10 -
Visakhapatnam 19.19 21.31 22.47 24.72 25.94 - 25.84 - 24.09 21.91 19.63 17.81
Pune 18.06 23.18 24.99 26.55 27.19 26.42 - - 24.49 21.74 19.41 17.48
M um bai 17.17 21.65 22.40 24.49 24.61 24.93 - - 22.51 19.20 17.42 15.61
Nagpur 17.87 20.16 23.50 25.78 26.62 26.96 - 22.91 23.64 21.78 19.01 16.66
Bhavnagar 18.32 21.51 24.60 26.74 27.26 27.39 - - 23.43 21.33 18.85 17.16

Kolkata - - 21.39 - - 22.79 - - - - - -

Ahm edabad 17.48 20.49 24.01 26.28 26.39 26.15 - 22.31 23.22 20.32 17.68 16.26
Bhopal 18.30 20.40 24.59 27.47 25.73 25.17 23.49 20.02 26.11 22.02 18.91 15.96
Ranchi 20.66 22.65 24.87 27.29 25.19 28.21 25.58 - 21.77 20.44 20.42 18.60
Varanasi 16.02 20.14 22.67 25.16 24.95 24.72 20.68 23.87 18.10 18.67 14.23 -
Shillong 15.21 21.63 24.00 26.01 27.90 25.17 - - - 23.04 20.30 18.53
Patna - 20.98 23.47 25.59 24.82 25.33 23.50 22.09 23.60 22.89 - -
Jodhpur 17.06 19.94 23.81 25.28 26.08 25.09 24.29 23.33 23.31 19.72 17.42 16.65
Jaipur 16.88 19.57 23.72 27.06 27.54 27.02 26.31 25.19 21.07 19.76 17.09 12.38
NewDelhi 15.74 20.27 23.14 27.68 27.53 - 25.26 24.03 25.05 20.20 17.17 14.54
Srinagar - 13.92 21.23 25.65 26.44 27.71 24.08 23.87 21.47 17.38 14.72 4.98
Page No. 15 of 313

Mean Monthly Diffuse Solar radiant Exposure on cloudless days Over India (MJm-2)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Minicoy 4.06 6.10 5.31 6.54 8.79 - 6.41 2.94 2.91 4.38 3.89 3.72
Thiruvananthapuram 5.26 4.72 6.29 6.24 - 6.70 - - 5.31 6.15 - 4.07
PortBlair 3.88 3.60 4.52 5.97 3.56 - - - - 4.55 5.17 4.33
Bangalore 3.49 3.56 5.08 5.89 6.88 - - - 12.37 4.12 3.00 4.36
Chennai 4.73 5.22 6.25 7.43 7.94 7.07 6.90 8.32 6.91 5.34 5.42 4.96
Goa 4.09 4.72 6.52 6.72 5.64 - - - 7.48 4.42 4.05 3.41
Hyderabad - - 4.14 6.03 4.52 10.21 - - - - 2.52 -
Visakhapatnam 4.29 5.44 5.96 7.14 7.29 - 4.61 - 6.30 4.67 4.17 4.06
Pune 4.00 4.53 4.52 5.53 6.32 8.80 - - 7.40 4.57 3.43 3.18
Mumbai 5.19 4.51 10.01 8.45 8.09 15.22 19.19 - 6.36 7.65 6.26 7.90
Nagpur 4.25 5.43 6.16 6.25 7.45 8.50 - 10.53 6.28 5.72 6.27 4.11
Bhavnagar 4.04 4.83 5.92 6.78 8.07 9.03 - - 5.95 5.36 3.91 4.20

Kolkata - - 5.09 - - 9.77 - - - - - -

Ahmedabad 3.69 4.66 5.70 6.51 8.21 8.46 - 9.02 6.00 4.86 3.99 3.69
Bhopal 3.11 4.12 4.72 6.26 8.87 9.26 14.15 - 5.94 4.64 3.66 3.35
Ranchi 4.08 6.57 5.09 6.07 7.17 5.63 8.00 - 4.41 5.09 4.76 4.53
Varanasi 4.26 4.25 6.03 6.82 8.80 9.60 8.94 7.44 8.43 5.95 5.53 -
Shillong 2.77 3.46 5.09 6.18 6.64 8.63 - 7.87 - 2.02 2.58 2.66
Patna - 5.22 5.56 7.22 9.13 9.55 9.34 8.81 5.83 4.37 - -
Jodhpur 3.32 3.57 4.45 6.55 8.24 8.37 9.72 8.27 6.00 4.56 3.67 3.26
Jaipur 3.35 4.83 5.19 6.67 7.25 8.80 10.64 7.56 6.71 4.76 6.44 7.11
NewDelhi 3.32 3.80 4.26 5.52 9.38 - 9.78 8.28 7.23 4.80 3.64 3.51
Srinagar - - 3.31 4.82 4.44 5.29 3.51 4.58 4.42 2.74 4.00 -
Page No. 16 of 313

Ratios of Diffuse to Global Solar Radiant Exposures
Jan Feb M ar Apr M ay Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct N ov Dec Annual
M inicoy 0.36 0.34 0.34 0.36 0.43 0.50 0.50 0.47 0.43 0.37 0.34 0.34 0.39
PortBlair 0.32 0.27 0.29 0.33 0.53 0.61 0.65 0.65 0.58 0.46 0.42 0.35 0.43
Bangalore 0.28 0.20 0.26 0.31 0.38 0.61 0.64 0.69 0.54 0.46 0.41 0.36 0.40
Chennai 0.43 0.33 0.31 0.34 0.41 0.51 0.58 0.60 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.51 0.45
Goa 0.26 0.25 0.32 0.36 0.42 0.63 0.74 0.73 0.55 0.43 0.32 0.27 0.41
H yderabad 0.24 0.22 0.26 0.26 0.29 0.43 0.54 0.53 0.41 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.33
Visakhapatnam 0.35 0.31 0.35 0.38 0.43 0.60 0.66 0.65 0.56 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.45
Pune 0.26 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.31 0.57 0.74 0.74 0.53 0.35 0.29 0.26 0.38
M um bai 0.37 0.35 0.32 0.35 0.42 0.62 0.78 0.79 0.65 0.48 0.40 0.40 0.47
N agpur 0.31 0.30 0.31 0.32 0.39 0.55 0.71 0.70 0.52 0.37 0.33 0.31 0.41
Bhavnagar 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.32 0.52 0.75 0.76 0.47 0.28 0.24 0.28 0.36
Kolkata 0.44 0.43 0.41 0.44 0.52 0.62 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.48 0.43 0.42 0.51

Ahm edabad 0.28 0.28 0.29 0.30 0.35 0.51 0.74 0.73 0.49 0.32 0.28 0.29 0.39
Bhopal 0.27 0.26 0.28 0.29 0.39 0.50 0.69 0.73 0.48 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.38
Ranchi 0.31 0.33 0.29 0.32 0.39 0.54 0.63 0.69 0.57 0.42 0.36 0.37 0.44
Varanasi 0.43 0.35 0.34 0.37 0.43 0.52 0.67 0.57 0.50 0.36 0.37 0.44 0.43
Shillong 0.34 0.35 0.37 0.40 0.54 0.68 0.72 0.71 0.67 0.47 0.32 0.28 0.48
Patna 0.43 0.35 0.33 0.38 0.45 0.53 0.64 0.57 0.50 0.37 0.35 0.44 0.44
Jodhpur 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.38 0.46 0.60 0.56 0.35 0.27 0.26 0.27 0.36
Jaipur 0.30 0.34 0.33 0.32 0.36 0.45 0.59 0.58 0.39 0.30 0.33 0.34 0.38
N ew Delhi 0.39 0.38 0.37 0.37 0.44 0.52 0.62 0.58 0.44 0.38 0.35 0.41 0.43
Srinagar 0.79 0.56 0.44 0.33 0.30 0.29 0.32 0.39 0.27 0.25 0.47 0.59 0.35
Page No. 17 of 313

Ratios of Diffuse to Global Radiant Exposures on Cloudless Days
Minicoy 0.21 0.28 0.22 0.27 0.37 - 0.25 0.11 0.11 0.20 0.19 0.20
Thiruvananthapuram 0.24 0.20 0.26 0.24 - 0.27 - - 0.21 - 0.23 0.19
PortBlair 0.21 0.18 0.19 0.25 0.18 - - - - 0.27 0.24 0.22
Bangalore 0.15 0.15 0.20 0.23 0.27 - - - - 0.17 0.13 0.20
Chennai 0.22 0.22 0.25 0.30 0.32 0.28 0.28 0.35 0.28 0.23 0.25 0.23
Goa 0.20 0.21 0.26 0.27 0.21 - - - 0.27 0.18 0.20 0.16
Hyderabad - - 0.14 0.23 0.19 0.41 - - - - 0.17 -
Visakhapatnam 0.22 0.26 0.27 0.29 0.28 - 0.18 - 0.26 0.21 0.21 0.23
Pune 0.22 0.20 0.18 0.21 0.23 0.33 - - 0.30 0.21 0.18 0.18
Mumbai 0.30 0.21 0.45 0.35 0.33 0.61 - - 0.28 0.40 0.36 0.51
Nagpur 0.24 0.27 0.26 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.46 - 0.27 0.26 0.33 0.25
Bhavnagar 0.22 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.30 0.33 - - 0.25 0.25 0.21 0.24
Kolkata - - 0.24 - - - 0.43 - - - - -

Ahmedabad 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.31 0.32 - 0.40 0.26 0.24 0.23 0.23
Bhopal 0.17 0.20 0.19 0.23 0.34 0.37 0.60 - 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.21
Ranchi 0.20 0.29 0.20 0.22 0.28 0.20 0.31 - 0.20 0.25 0.23 0.24
Varanasi 0.27 0.21 0.27 0.27 0.35 0.39 0.43 0.31 0.47 0.32 0.39 -
Shillong 0.18 0.16 0.21 0.24 0.24 0.34 - - - 0.09 0.13 0.14
Patna - 0.25 0.24 0.28 0.37 0.38 0.40 0.40 0.25 0.19 - -
Jodhpur 0.19 0.18 0.19 0.26 0.32 0.33 0.40 0.35 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.20
Jaipur 0.20 0.25 0.22 0.25 0.26 0.33 0.40 0.30 0.32 0.24 0.38 0.57
NewDelhi 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.20 0.34 - 0.39 0.34 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.24
Srinagar - - 0.16 0.19 0.17 0.19 0.15 0.19 0.21 0.16 0.27 -
Page No. 18 of 313

Mean Daily Duration of Sunshine Hours
Minicoy 9.30 10.20 9.40 9.50 9.70 8.70 8.70 8.80 9.00 9.30 10.00 9.90
Thiruvananthapuram 9.00 9.30 9.00 8.40 8.10 7.50 7.00 7.70 7.90 8.10 8.20 9.10
PortBlair 9.50 10.10 9.40 9.10 8.40 6.70 7.60 7.40 6.90 8.20 8.40 8.90
Bangalore 9.40 10.40 10.10 10.10 9.50 8.30 7.50 7.20 7.50 8.50 8.60 8.80
Chennai 9.30 10.30 9.80 10.30 10.00 9.30 8.90 8.70 8.90 7.60 8.30 8.20
Goa 10.30 10.40 9.50 10.30 10.10 8.30 6.70 7.00 7.90 8.40 9.60 10.00
Hyderabad 9.90 10.20 9.40 10.40 10.50 9.30 7.90 7.80 8.30 8.90 9.80 9.40
Visakhapatnam 9.70 10.10 9.40 10.20 9.90 8.20 8.40 8.10 7.80 9.60 9.70 9.40
Pune 10.10 10.20 10.20 11.00 10.80 8.60 6.90 6.60 8.00 9.20 9.10 9.30
Mumbai 10.00 10.30 10.30 10.30 9.90 8.70 6.00 6.20 8.00 9.30 10.20 9.70
Nagpur 8.90 9.20 9.70 10.60 10.00 9.10 7.20 7.70 8.60 9.60 9.20 9.10
Bhavnagar 9.70 10.00 10.10 10.50 11.00 6.90 3.90 3.70 7.30 9.80 9.80 9.00
Kolkata 8.40 9.00 8.10 8.80 9.10 8.50 7.30 7.00 7.40 8.40 8.80 7.90

Ahmedabad 10.00 10.70 10.10 11.20 11.40 10.00 7.60 6.90 8.60 10.10 10.10 9.70
Bhopal 9.60 10.10 9.90 10.70 10.60 9.10 7.50 8.00 9.20 10.10 10.10 10.10
Ranchi 8.90 9.00 9.00 9.30 8.60 5.80 3.50 3.70 5.20 7.70 8.00 8.10
Varanasi 8.90 8.60 8.40 9.00 9.00 8.90 6.20 8.20 8.30 8.20 8.00 7.40
Shillong 5.80 6.50 6.50 6.10 3.70 3.60 3.10 3.00 3.10 3.30 5.10 6.80
Patna 6.50 8.20 8.10 8.70 8.60 6.40 4.20 4.50 5.00 7.10 7.30 6.40
Jodhpur 9.60 10.00 8.70 11.00 11.50 10.30 9.50 8.60 9.40 9.80 9.70 9.00
Jaipur 9.00 9.40 9.10 9.50 9.30 9.00 8.30 8.40 10.40 9.00 10.10 10.30
NewDelhi 8.70 8.70 9.00 9.70 9.70 9.40 8.40 7.80 8.60 9.60 8.70 8.10
Srinagar 6.30 7.60 7.40 9.10 9.70 10.10 9.70 9.40 8.70 8.80 8.10 6.50
Page No. 19 of 313

The term "photovoltaic" comes from the Greek (phs) meaning "light",
and "voltaic", meaning electric, from the name of the Italian physicist Volta,
after whom a unit of electro-motive force, the volt, is named. The term
"photo-voltaic" has been in use in English since 1849.
The photovoltaic effect was first recognized in 1839 by French physicist A. E.

Becquerel. However, it was not until 1883 that the first solar cell was built,
by Charles Fritts, who coated the semiconductor selenium with an extremely
thin layer of gold to form the junctions. The device was only around 1%
efficient. Subsequently Russian physicist Aleksandr Stoletov built the first
solar cell based on the outer photoelectric effect (discovered by Heinrich
Hertz earlier in 1887). Albert Einstein explained the photoelectric effect in
1905 for which he received the Nobel prize in Physics in 1921. Russell Ohl
patented the modern junction semiconductor solar cell in 1946, which was
discovered while working on the series of advances that would lead to the
transistor.
High-efficiency cells
High-efficiency solar cells are a class of solar cell that can generate more
electricity per incident solar power unit (watt/watt). Much of the industry is
focused on the most cost efficient technologies in terms of cost per
generated power. The two main strategies to bring down the cost of
photovoltaic electricity are increasing the efficiency of the cells and
decreasing their cost per unit area. However, increasing the efficiency of a
solar cell without decreasing the total cost per kilowatt-hour is not more
economical, since sunlight is free.
Page No. 20 of 313

The Electricity Act, 2003, paves way for an innovative approach to solve our
countrys power problems. It has paved the way for a competitive
environment; open access to existing transmission and distribution network
to transmit electricity across regions; de-licensing of generation, captive
power and dedicative transmission lines; licensing of distribution and supply
companies and the restructuring of State Electricity Boards
The Ministry of Power has a mandate to promote cogeneration and renewable

sources for Power generation under Nodal agencies and hence it will play a
major role in mainstreaming renewable energy sector. The advantage or
renewable resources includes their capacity to produce energy without
producing carbon-based warming and polluting agents into the atmosphere.
The financial cost of its applications is not always cheap but if the
environmental costs of using fossil are accounted for, renewable energy wins
hands-down. There are also indirect savings on health and its costs as there
are no harmful emissions.
In the above backdrop, Mitra Solar Power Project, has decided to set up a
5MW Solar Power Plant. This Detailed Project Report (DPR) brings out all
technical details and overall costs justifying the selection of the project. The
total power generation is envisaged to be 5MW from Solar Photovoltaic Cell.
It is a very important document that is required for Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) studies, fixation of tariff, finalizing Power Purchase
Agreement (PPA) and also for submission to Financial Institutions for
obtaining project funding. The total project cost is expected to be Rs90
Crores and the average cost of generation is expected to be Rs.12.86/kWh.
Page No. 21 of 313

This proposal is for setting up a 5MW capacity solar power plant based on
The cell technology platform that Nano solar have developed is characterized
technically by a CIGS semiconductor printed on low-cost conductive metal
foil and back-contacted through a Metal-Wrap-Through architecture, all using
materials deposition processes developed for continuous steady-state
processing within a roll-to-roll manufacturing framework. Based on the
many further opportunities we see, it is clear we have only begun to tap into
the possibilities of this cell technology platform.
On a product level, the solar cells are light-weight, bendable, easily

interconnected, easily adjusted in size, and capable of supporting up to 25
Amps of current per cell (or up to 25x more than possible with other thin-film
technology available today). These are each attributes that lend themselves
to creating products with unique advantages and benefits and delivering
application-specific customer value.
The solar cells can be of any size, our standard size is 165x135mm (a size in
fact optimized from a system-installation perspective). The company has had
high level of discussion and shown keen interest to supply the equipments
with the project promoters M/s Mitra Solar Power Project, Rajasthan. The
solar power project is proposed in Jhunjhunu district of Rajasthan, which is
one of the best suited locations in terms of higher annual direct normal
insolation (DNI), favourable climatic conditions and land availability.
ABOUT __________________ ENERGY SOLUTIONS PVT LTD.
A brief profile of the promoters & the group is enclosed along with the DPR.
Page No. 22 of 313

INTRODUCTION
Page No. 23 of 313

SOLAR CELL HISTORY
Solar Cells were invented in 1954 and, till recently, use was limited to
Space and mission critical terrestrial applications. Hence, the emphasis
was on reliability, with cost not being a key consideration.
In the last 3 years, concerns over climate change and energy security,
have led to more wide spread use of Solar PV. Due to its modular
nature Solar PV can be a De-centralized solution for urban/rural
households and other buildings. It has the potential to bring about a
paradigm shift in power distribution as was brought about by cell
phones in the Telecommunication sector.
The technological path would be similar to that witnessed in Semi

Conductor industry, i.e. use of larger substrates to result in continuous
reduction of transistors cost (similar experience witnessed in Display
Systems)
EREC (European Renewable Energy Commission) has forecasted that,

with proactive legislation & business/community commitment, the
construction of Solar PV to world energy supply could be as high as
784 million TOE (Tons Oil Equivalent) representing installed base of
around 1000 GWp.
Page No. 24 of 313

There has been an exponential growth in Solar PV Power installed
capacity in recent years, reaching 5 GWp at the end of 2006. The vast
majority is for grid interactive solutions with Germany and Japan being
the dominant markets.
There is very clear correlation between unit cost (Euros/Wp) and total
installed capacity (MWp). It is hence forecasted that, in the coming
years, there would be rapid increase in Solar PV production/installed
capacity and correspondingly rapid decline in unit cost.
Even at CAGR of 12.5% it is anticipated that by 2030 the total Solar

PV Production capacity would touch 50 GWp, a key market driver
being decentralized PV solutions for rural electrification in developing
economies.
The European Market is growing very rapidly for Solar PV driven by

concerns of Governments as well as citizens over
environmental/climate change issues and energy security. Currently
the market is stimulated by high feed in tariffs. However, in many
European Countries retail tariffs for electricity are already high and
within the next decade it is anticipated that supply costs from
decentralized Solar PV systems can compete with grid electricity.
The key market segments within the European Market will comprise
* SHS: Solar House Systems
* BIPV: Building Integrated PV
Page No. 25 of 313

* Solar Farms: IRPP (Independent Renewable Power Producers)
* Energy Companies
As per EPIA the EU market is likely to grow to > 10 GWp by 2010.
The Asian/African markets offer an immense scope in rural

electrification. There are over 500 million rural households in
developing Asia/Africa with the vast majority, either not having
electricity supply, or receiving very poor quality of electricity supply.
Analyzing the experience of cell phones (in India alone there is a

monthly addition of 5 million connections); it is evident that
consumers are willing to pay for a product/service if it meets their user
needs. Again extrapolating from the cell phone experience, even low
income households are willing to pay around Euro 50/year for what is
perceived as a critical service (surely electricity should be deemed a
more critical service than telecommunications). Rural electricity
solutions for developing Asia/Africa will have to be largely off grid
with low output (50 watts to 100 watts per rural household).
If Solar PV costs can be brought down (across the value chain module
cost + BOS cost + logistics/distribution costs + installation costs +
customer support costs) there is a potential market of 25 GWp in rural
electrification of developing Asia/Africa.
Page No. 26 of 313

SOLAR POWER TECHNOLOGY
Three key elements in a solar cell forms the basis of their manufacturing
technology. The first is the semiconductor, which absorbs light and converts
it into electronhole pairs. The second is the semiconductor junction, which
separates the photogenerated carrier (electrons and holes), and the third is
the contacts on the front and back of the cell that allow the current to flow to
the external circuit. The two main categories of technology are defined by the
choice of the semiconductor: either crystalline silicon in a wafer form or thin
films of other materials. Historically, crystalline silicon (cSi) has been used
as the lightabsorbing semiconductor in most solar cells, even though it is a
relatively poor absorber of light and requires a considerable thickness
(several hundred microns) of material. Nevertheless, it has proved
convenient because it yields stable solar cells with good efficiencies (1116%,
half to twothirds of the theoretical maximum) and uses process technology
developed from the huge knowledge base of the microelectronics industry.
Two types of crystalline silicon are used in the industry. The first is
monocrystalline, produced by slicing wafers (up to 150156 mm diameter
and 200300 microns thick) from a highpurity single crystal bowl. The
second is multicrystalline silicon, made by sawing a cast block of silicon first
into bars and then wafers. The main trend in crystalline silicon cell
manufacture is toward multicrystalline technology. Compared to
singlecrystalline silicon, multicrystalline silicon material is stronger and can
be cut into onethird the thickness of singlecrystal material. It also has
slightly lower wafer cost and less strict growth requirements. However, their
lower manufacturing cost is offset by the lower cell efficiency. The dominance
of crystalline Si (about 91% of the market) was maintained in 2007.
Page No. 27 of 313

However, the industry has had to face a major shortage of its starting
material, electronicgrade polysilicon feedstock. This is the result of the
strong growth of photovoltaic over the last few years, a steady demand from
microelectronics (each sector now consumes about half of the production)
and a lack of anticipation of the needs by the feedstock producers.
A typical solar panel for generation of electricity contains 36 solar cells of

different size, depending on the watt or amperage of the panel. A strong
aluminum panel serves as a back for the solar panel, and is mounted in a
tough frame. Monocrystalline or polycrystalline solar cells are used make
rigid solar panels. Monocrystalline solar cells are made of thin wafers of
silicon, which are 1 millimeter thick, that has been grown from a single
silicon crystal. The yield of electricity from a solar panel made using these
efficient solar cells, is more than polycrystalline solar cells.
Thin wafers of multifaceted silicon crystals are used to make polycrystalline

cells. These are less efficient than monocrystalline solar celled solar panels.
However, polycrystalline solar cells used in rigid solar panels are cheaper
than monocrystalline solar cells.
Solar cells make use of the photoelectric effect for the production of
electricity. Pure crystalline silicon is a not a good conductor of electricity. Its
electrons are not free to move about and carry an electrical charge. So
atoms of other elements are added to 99.999 % pure silicon. Atoms of
elements such as boron, added to silicon, results in a p-type silicon, which
readily accepts electrons. Atoms of phosphorus added to silicon creates n-
type silicon, which readily supplies electrons.
Page No. 28 of 313

Solar cells, which are also known as photovoltaic cells, are made using a p-
type silicon layer, n-type silicon layer and a transparent electrically
conductive layer. It also has metal contact layer and a p-n junction. When
sunlight falls on both the silicon layers of the solar cell, electrons and positive
charges (protons) get excited and start moving within the layers. This flow of
electrons is known as electrical current. These moving charges are then
channelized through the electrical contacts laid on the solar cells to the
junction box and emerge as direct current (DC) which can be used to charge
batteries. The DC current is fed to an inverter which converts it to alternating
current and can be used power house hold electrical equipment.
Solar panels for electricity generation are also made by laying a layer of
silicon on ether side of thin transparent sheets of various materials. The
sheet is layered with solar cells such that, a p-type silicon layers of the solar
cells is on one side of the sheet and the corresponding n-type silicon layers
on the other side, opposite to the p-type layer. When sunlight falls on these
solar cells, it passes through the n-type silicon layer, transparent sheet and
then it reaches the p-type silicon layer. This excites electrons and generates
electrical activity which creates an electrical field around the middle sheet.
Electrical current starts flowing through the sheet which is electrically
conductive. The solar panels made using these solar cells are light and easy
to handle. The method used to make these solar cells is inexpensive and
does not waste precious silicon while making solar cells. Amorphous silicon is
used to manufacture these solar cells.
Photovoltaic (PV) devices generate electricity directly from sunlight via an

electronic process that occurs naturally in certain types of material, called
semiconductors. Electrons in these materials are freed by solar energy and
can be induced to travel through an electrical circuit, powering electrical
devices or sending electricity to the grid.
Page No. 29 of 313

Most modern solar cells are made from either crystalline silicon or thin-film
semiconductor material. Silicon cells are more efficient at converting sunlight
to electricity, but generally have higher manufacturing costs. Thin-film
materials typically have lower efficiencies, but are simpler and less costly to
manufacture. A specialized category of solar cells - called multi-junction or
tandem cells - are used in applications requiring very low weight and very
high efficiencies, such as satellites and military applications.
Photovoltaic Technology
Semiconductors: The Foundation of PV
Semiconductors are used in most electronic products, including computer

chips, audio amplifiers, temperature sensors and solar cells. Traditionally, PV
cells are made using various forms of silicon (Si), but companies are now
manufacturing cells using a wide variety of semiconductor materials, each of
which lend themselves to different applications. Two of these qualities are
particularly important: the absorption coefficient which refers to how easily
light is absorbed by the material, and the band-gap which determines how
efficiently light energy from different parts of the solar spectrum release the
electrons from their atomic bonds.
Crystalline Silicon (c-Si)
C-Si cells were first commercialized by Bell Labs in the 1950s, and are
traditionally manufactured by slicing high-grade (>99.99 percent purity)
silicon into thin wafers, roughly as thick as several human hairs. Mono-
crystalline silicon solar cells offer higher efficiencies but are more difficult to
manufacture. Poly-crystalline silicon cells have generally lower efficiencies
but are cheaper and easier to manufacture.
Page No. 30 of 313

Thin-Film
Thin-film solar cells are the main focus of many leading-edge PV

manufacturers and researchers. These cells are manufactured by applying
very thin layers of semiconductor material to inexpensive materials such as
glass, plastic or metal. Thin-film semiconductors absorb light more easily
than c-Si, so they require less semiconductor material but tend to be less
efficient at energy conversion. They are also much simpler and less costly to
manufacture. Examples include cadmium telluride (CdTe) and copper-indium-
gallium-diselenide (CIGS).
Multi-junction
Also called cascade or tandem cells, multi-junction solar cells are the highest-
efficiency solar cells currently available. These cells work by combining two
or more types of semiconductor material with staggered band-gaps, allowing
each to capture a different range of the solar spectrum. The result is a cell
with much higher efficiency than any single-material PV cell. These types of
cells are expensive to manufacture, and are used when weight and efficiency
are at a premium, such as satellites, high-performance solar-powered
vehicles, in military applications, and for concentrating PV (CPV).
Types of Thin-film Semiconductors
Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) High efficiency, high cost, resistant to heat and
radiation. Used in concentrator cells and high-efficiency applications such as
satellites and solar vehicles. Copper Indium Gallium Diselenide (CIGS) Cells
using these materials are manufactured using several alloy variants and are
used to create flexible, high-efficiency thin-film panels.
Page No. 31 of 313

Cadmium Telluride (CdTe) An inexpensive, efficient thin-film material with
a simple manufacturing process. Well-suited to mass production.
Amorphous Silicon (a-Si) Inexpensive, low-efficiency material used for

large systems and in low-power applications such as watches and calculators.
Photovoltaic Panel Configuration
Flat-Plate Solar Panels
The most common type of solar panel. These panels absorb both direct
sunlight and diffuse sunlight reflected from clouds and objects on the ground.
Concentrating Photovoltaic
This is a specialized type of solar panel which uses mirrors or lenses to focus
high concentrations of direct sunlight onto high-efficiency solar cells. Since
concentrating panels cannot absorb diffuse light, they are typically only used
in areas with high levels of sunlight such as the Southwest United States. In
order to maintain focus, CPV employs tracking systems, allowing them to
follow the suns path as it moves across the sky.
Tracking systems
These can be either single-axis which track the sun throughout the day
or dual-axis, which also adjust to the suns elevation in the sky from season
to season. (Tracking systems are also occasionally used for flat-plate
systems.) Depending on conditions, tracking systems can add 25 percent or
more to the total electrical output of a solar energy system.
Page No. 32 of 313

Balance of System Components
The term balance of system refers to specialized electrical wiring, racks and
mounting components for PV panels. A PV system requires a way to match
the power it is generating to the power being drawn, either by electrical
devices, household appliances or the electric grid. This is done by an inverter
or power conditioner, which converts the DC power generated by solar panels
into AC power which can be used by household appliances or fed into the
electric grid. Some systems also contain batteries to provide independent
power when there is no sunlight.
Page No. 33 of 313

Generation of electricity & importance of Renewable energy
The growth in installed power generating capacity has not kept pace
with the projected demand. To solve this problem, it is necessary to
set up more power plants and most of these power plants will be
either fossil fuel based or hydro electric units. However, the
conventional power stations cause enormous damage to be
environment due to pollution and other side effects.
Renewable energy sources are wonderful options because they are
limitless. These will not be exhausted though fossil fuel will be
gradually exhausted in course of time. Also another great benefit from
using renewable energy is that most of these sources do not pollute
the environment; the way burning of fossil fuels dose.
Green living is something wished for by people around the world. To

support this idea, scientist and non-governmental organizations are
spreading the word of importance on renewable energy resources.
Here are some of advantages of using renewable energy resources,
which will help you in knowing their significance:
Renewable energy is natural source of energy and can replenish

itself easily over short period of time. It comes from common
sources like solar power, running water, and wind.
They are limitless and hence one can be dependent on them unlike
fossil fuels.
Page No. 34 of 313

Renewable sources do not pollute the environment.
It is quite affordable and can be availed to many people as an
alternative for non renewable sources at economical cost.
Pollution free environment
Promotes healthy living
Helps in making wise utilization of all available resources
Fights against global warming
Helps in reducing effects of the entropy on Earth
Lately there has been some problems in the supply of conventional

energy sources (those that come from fossil fuels) so it is really no
wonder that more and more nations are interested to use different
renewable energy systems in order to satisfy their growing energy
demand. All renewable energy systems have one thing in common,
namely the fact that there are harnessed from nature. This means that
they are constantly replenished unlike the fossil fuels that are likely to
run out in years to come. These advantages are making them more
and more popular compared to conventional energy sources.
Renewable energy sectors are all about using natural sources to create
energy. These natural sources usually include the sun, water, wind,
and geothermal sources. The science and technology are constantly
developing so it is logical to expect even more renewable energy
sources in years to come, as well as the highly improved efficiency of
existing ones.
Page No. 35 of 313

Many people think of the sun, or to be more precise solar energy as
the main future energy source. Throughout the history of the humanity
Sun has been used to give light and heat but Sun's almost unlimited
potential can provide electricity enough for the whole planet. Different
methods have been used to harness energy from Sun, and the
simplest method is through the use of a photovoltaic cells. Photovoltaic
cells contain a special technology that traps the sun's energy and
converts it into electricity.
Water is also one very important source for clean renewable energy.
The most common form of using water to get electricity is
hydroelectric energy that is acquired from large river dams.
Hydroelectric power stations are usually built in large river systems
that have big quantifies of water. The more water there is, the easier it
is to produce kinetic energy, which is then used to produce electricity.
Beside hydroelectric energy there are also some other energy sources
that harness water to get electricity such as wave and tidal power.
Wind power is also one renewable energy sector in the rise, especially
in some European countries like Denmark and Germany. Basically wind
power uses the same principle found in hydroelectric dams to convert
the wind kinetic energy to electricity. There are lots of windy areas
across the globe, and in many parts of the world people are trying to
harness wind energy as much as possible, though efficiency of this
energy source still remains a big problem, largely because of
inconsistency of wind blowing.
Page No. 36 of 313

Geothermal power is another excellent form of renewable energy
system. Geothermal energy uses the heat from deep inside the earth
to produce electricity. Various methods have been developed to do
this, and the most common method is harnessing the steam that
naturally comes out of fissures on the ground. Geothermal energy is
mostly used on Iceland.
It is not very bad to conclude that if science and technology continue

their development, renewable energy systems could be more than
enough to satisfy world energy demand in years to come. If this
happens this will have very positive effect by eliminating our
dependence on fossil fuels, which has blamed as the main factor
contributing to climate change problem.
Page No. 37 of 313

JAWAHARLALNEHRU NATIONAL SOLAR MISSION
Introduction
The Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission is a major initiative of the

Government of India and State Government to promote ecologically
sustainable growth while addressing India's energy security challenge. It will
also constitute a major contribution by India to the global effort to meet the
challenges of climate change.
"Our vision is to make India's economic development energy-efficient. Over a

period of time, we must pioneer a graduated shift from economic activity
based on fossil fuels to one based on non-fossil fuels and from reliance on
no-renewable and depleting sources of energy to renewable source of
energy. In this strategy, the sun occupies centre-stage, as it should, being
literally the original source of all energy. We will pool our scientific, technical
and managerial talents, with sufficient financial resources, to develop solar
energy as a source of abundant energy to power our economy and to
transform the lives of our people. Our Success in this endeavour will change
the face of India. It would also enable India to help change the destinies of
people around the world."
Dr. Manmohan Singh, Prime Minister of India
Launching India's National Action Plan on Climate Change on June 30,2008
The National Action Plan on Climate Change also points out: " India is a
tropical country, where sunshine is available for longer hours per day and in
great intensity. Solar energy, therefore, has great potential as future energy
source. It also has the advantage of permitting the decentralized distribution
of energy, thereby empowering people at the grassroots level".
Page No. 38 of 313

Based on this vision Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission is being
launched under the brand name "Solar India".
Mission Objectives
The objective of the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission is to establish
India as a global leader in solar energy, by creating the policy conditions for
its large scale diffusion across the country as quickly as possible.
The immediate aim of the Mission is to focus on setting up an enabling

environment for solar technology penetration in the country both at a
centralized and decentralized level. The first phase (up to 2013) will focus on
capturing of the low hanging options in solar; on promoting off-grid systems
to serve populations without access to commercial energy and modest
capacity addition in grid-based systems. In the second phase, after taking
into account the experience of the initial years, capacity will be aggressively
ramped up to create conditions for up scaled and competitive solar energy
penetration in the country.
Page No. 39 of 313

DR. FAROOQ ABDULLAH
MINISTER
NEW AND RENEWABLE ENERGY
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
June 16,2010
Message
Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission is one of the eight National Missions
which comprise India's National Action Plan on Climate Change. It has the twin
objectives of contributing to India's long-term energy security and its ecologically
sustainable growth. We are living in a world of rapidly depleting fossil fuel
resources with access to conventional energy resources such as oil, gas and
coal becoming increasingly constrained. Besides, there are a large number of
areas in the country, which do not have access to electricity. Many other areas
face power shortages Huge quantities of kerosene and diesel are used to meet
the lighting and power requirements of these areas. In this context, and in view
of the high solar radiation over the country, the rapid development and
deployment of solar energy applications in the country would be critical to provide
long term sustainable solutions, providing energy access and substantially
reducing fossil fuel consumption.
Page No. 40 of 313

In pursuance of the above objectives, the Prime Minister launched the Jawaharlal
Nehru National Solar Mission on 11th January, 2010. The Mission will be
implemented in 3 stages leading to an installed capacity of 20,000 MW of grid
power, 2,000 MW of off-grid solar applications and 20 million sq. m. solar thermal
collector area and solar lighting for 20 million households by the end of the 13th
Five Year Plan in 2022. The immediate aim of the Mission is to focus on setting
up an enabling environment for solar technology penetration in the country both
at centralized and decentralized levels. Apart from feeding 1,000 MW of solar
power (solar thermal and photovoltaic) to the grid, the first phase (up to March
2013) will focus on promoting 200 MW capacity of off-grid solar energy
applications to meet/supplement power, heating and cooling energy
requirements and promoting 100 MW capacity of tail end and other small grid
connected solar power plants.
In order to give practical shape to the vision and objectives outlined in the Solar
Mission Document, we need a set of guidelines or ground rules. It is to address
this need that the Ministry has prepared two separate sets of guidelines-one for
off-grid or decentralized applications and the other for tail end and other small
grid connected solar power plants. Taken together, these guidelines seek to
address four critical areas access to rural households for lighting and daily
power requirements; reduction in consumption of kerosene and diesel; energy
demand management through solar thermal systems and improvement of
efficient transmission by feeding power at consumption points. For both
guidelines in general and off-grid-guidelines in particular, we have attempted to
make the process demand-driven, market-based and user- benefit oriented. We
have tried to establish additional channels to facilitate direct contact between
users and the supplier of solar energy products. Thus there is a broadening of
the market and reach.
Page No. 41 of 313

I hope these guidelines will help us to reach a larger number of potential users.
However, I would also like to add here that flexibility on part of the Ministry entails
and obligates responsibility sharing on part of the user community. Therefore, it
is equally important that projects are prepared to meet the specific needs of the
users, there is emphasis on innovation and cost-reduction and that quality and
reliability of the products is sacrosanct- to be maintained at all costs.
Off-grid solar energy applications have tremendous potential in reaching out to

people in rural and remote areas by providing lighting and basic energy services
to them. Solar lights are being financed by many regional rural banks. Solar
lanterns are being supplied in market mode. Many States have prepared projects
for providing lighting/basic power to schools to run computers, lights for tribal
hostels, functioning of panchayat offices, police stations, rural bank offices, etc.
There are many other potential applications. Like off-grid usage, decentralized
solar applications too have an immense potential to generate power and reduce
diesel consumption particularly during daytime. Roof-top solar power applications
for day-time use and abatement of diesel and usage in industrial areas with
substantial power shortages could be potential thrust areas. Similarly, solar
thermal heating applications, such as water heaters for residential, commercial,
institutional and industrial applications are those which are already commercially
viable or near grid parity. These and several other solar thermal applications can
help urban areas and industries in reducing their dependence on grid besides
reducing diesel/gas consumption.
There are substantial losses as electricity flows from points of generation to

distribution. Feeding of power at consumption points would not only help reduce
these losses but also help strengthen the grid and its performance and ease the
flow of electricity downwards.
Page No. 42 of 313

Feeding power to LT/11 KV grid is thus yet another important application, which
can help our villages and also industry by providing additional powers to run
irrigation pump sets or meet the unmet power requirement in the daytime, as well
as avoid use of diesel generators. Small solar plants of 1-2 MWp capacity can
support a large number of irrigation pumps. Many States are keen to set up such
plants to augment power supply especially in rural areas. We would like to build
a network of such plants across India. The second set of guidelines that we are
releasing today is targeted at this objective.
While launching the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission, the Prime Minister
outlined his vision for a Solar India. Today, as we move forward towards giving
wings to his dream, it is important that all stakeholders realize that achievement
of the goals involves application, innovation and dedication. It is important that
projects are well prepared and that solar energy systems are designed to meet
the specific needs of the people; quality and reliability of the products is
maintained and that innovation and continuous cost reduction are relentlessly
pursued. I am confident that the guidelines that are being released today will
create the ecosystem that encourages all of the above and that state
governments, entrepreneurs and beneficiaries will take abundant advantage of
the schemes and fulfill our dreams for a strong and vibrant Solar India.
(Farooq Abdullah)
Page No. 43 of 313

Mission Activities
Policy and Regulatory Framework
Fiscal Incentives
Solar Manufacturing in India
Research and Development
Human Resource Development
International Collaboration
Mission targets
To create an enabling policy framework for the deployment of 20,000 MW
of solar power by 2022.
The aspiration is to ensure large-scale deployment of solar generated
power for gridconnected as well as distributed and decentralized off-grid
provision of commercial energy services.
To promote programmes for off grid applications, reaching 1000 MW by
2017 and 2000 MW by 2022.
To create favourable conditions for indigenous solar manufacturing
capability and market leadership.
To ramp up capacity of grid-connected solar power generation to 1000
MW within three years by 2013; an additional 3000 MW by 2017
through the mandatory use of the renewable purchase obligation by
utilities backed with a preferential tariff. The target for 2022 of 20,000
MW or more, will be dependent on the learning of the first phase, which
if successful, could lead to conditions of grid-competitive solar power.
The deployment across the application segment is envisaged as follows:
Page No. 44 of 313

JAWAHARLAL NEHRU NATIONAL SOLAR MISSION
Annexure - 1A
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS FOR SUPPLRT TO OFF GRID SOLAR PV APPLICATION
1. Individuals
A. All Applications except 1B 1kWp Capital Subsidy

Pumps for irrigation &
B. 5kWp Interest Subsidy
and community drinking water
2. Non-Commercial entities
A. All Applications except 2B 100kWp per site Capital Subsidy

Mini-grids &
B. 250kWp per site Interest Subsidy
for rural electrification
3. Individuals/Commercial Entities
A. All Applications except 3B 100kWp per site Capital Subsidy

Mini-grids &
B. 250kWp per site Interest Subsidy
for rural electrification
Scale of Capital Subsidy
Based on benchmarking annually Rs. 90/Wp With battery storage
Rs. 70/Wp Without battery storage
Scale of Interest Subsidy
on the amount of project cost
Soft loan @5% p.a less promoters contribution
less capital subsidy amount
Use of the best/competitive and innovative technologies available globally would be allowed,
subject to standards and technical paramaters laid down by MNRE.
To meet unmet demand for electricity or in unelectrified rural areas, standalone rural SPV
power plants with battery storage and local distribution network, would be provided Rs. 150/Wp
of the capital subsidy AND soft loan at 5%.
Page No. 45 of 313

Annexure - 1B
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS FOR SUPPORT TO OFF GRID SOLAR THERMAL APPLICATION

Capital subsidy /
S. No. Solar collector type Collector area
(Rs / sq.m.)
1. Evacuated Tube Collectors (ETCs) 3000
2. Flat Plate Collectors (FPC) with liquid as the working fluid 3300
3. Flat Plate Collectors with air as the working fluid 2400
4. Solar collector system for direct heating applications 3600
5. Concentrator with manual tracking 2100
6. Non-imaging concentrators 3600
7. Concentrator with single axis tracking 5400
8. Concentrator with double axis tracking 6000
1. The capital subsidy/ unit collector area, as given above, is based on 30% of the
benchmark costs which would be reviewed annually. Capital subsidy would be computed
based on the applicable type of solar collector multiplied by the collector area involved in a
given solar thermal application/project.
2. Besides the capital subsidy as proposed above, the pattern of support could include a soft
loan at 5%, as under:
a) Soft loan @ 5% interest would be available, inter alia, for balance cost which may
comprise installation charges, cost of civil work for large systems and costs of accessories
(viz. insulating pipeline, electric pump, controllers and valves, additional water tanks,
blower for air heating systems, drying trays for solar dryers, steam system, etc.), etc.
b) To meet unmet demand for electricity and thermal energy or in un electrified rural areas,
Solar thermal power plants and local distribution network, would be provided capital
subsidy of 60% AND soft loan at 5% . These could be in either stand alone or co / poly
generation mode.
Page No. 46 of 313

Annexure - 2
INCENTIVE FOR PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES BY BANKS/FIS FOR EXTENDING LOANS
FOR PURCHASE OF SOLAR LIGHTS AND OTHER SMALL SOLAR OFF GRID SYSTEMS
The range of no. of systems to be

3000 - 8000 8001 - 16000 16001 - 30000 Above 30000
financed by the banks in a year
Minimum amount of lending to be eligible for seeking incentives

Minimum lending amount per year for
Rs. 3 Crores Rs. 8 Crores Rs. 16 Crores Rs. 30 Crores
the system
Incentives for various activities
Capacity building Rs. 3 Lakh Rs. 4 Lakh Rs. 5 Lakh Rs. 10 Lakh
Awareness generation Rs. 15 Lakh Rs. 20 Lakh Rs. 25 Lakh Rs. 40 Lakh
Cash prizes for best 3 Branches Rs. 3 Lakh Rs. 3.5 Lakh Rs. 5 Lakh Rs. 10 Lakh
One time Incentive to Banks/FIs participating for the first time in the scheme
Documentation of best practices Rs. 2 Lakh Rs. 2 Lakh Rs. 3 Lakh Rs. 5 Lakh
Preparation of manuals for
Rs. 2 Lakh Rs. 2 Lakh Rs. 3 Lakh Rs. 5 Lakh
procedures, software, etc.,
Monitoring & Learning Rs. 2 Lakh Rs. 3 Lakh Rs. 5 Lakh Rs. 10 Lakh
In addition to above,cash prize will be given @Rs.1.00 lakh to the village /village panchayat
wherein village/villages have a coverage of 75% or more through solar lighting systems by the
banks/FI . The Panchayats will be encouraged to utilize this money to purchase solar street
lights or other devices for use of the village community. The Prize money could be routed
through bank/F.I. to the village/village panchayat.
Page No. 47 of 313

Annexure - 3
MINIMAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS/STANDARDS FOR

OFF-GRID/STAND-ALONE SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) POWER PLANTS/ SYSTEMS
TO BE DEPLOYED UNDER THE NATIONAL SOLAR MISSION
1 PVMODULES:
1.1 The PV modules must conform to the latest edition of any of the follovving IEC I equivalent
BIS StandardS for PV module design qualification and type approval: .
Crystalline Silicon Terrestrial PV Modules IEC 61215/1S14286
Thin Film Terrestrial PV Modules IEC 61646
Concentrator PV Modules & Assemblies IEC 62108
1.2 In addition, the modules must conform to IEC 61730 Part 1- requirements for construction &
Part-2 - requirements for testing, for safety qualification.
1.3 PV modules to be used in a highly corrosive atmosphere (coastal areas, etc.) must qualify
Salt Mist Corrosion Testing as per IEC 61701.
2. BALANCE OF SYSTEM (BoS) ITEMS/ COMPONENTS:
The BoS items/components of the SPV power plants/systems deployed' under the Mission
must conform to the latest edition of IECI equivalent BIS Standards as specified below
Applicable IEC/ equivalent BIS Standard

Bos item / Component Standard Discription Standard Numbers
Power Conditioners / Efficiency Measurments IEC 61683
Inverters Environmental Testing IEC 60068 2 (6,21,27,30,75,78)
Charge Controller / MPPT Design Qualification IEC 62093
units Environmental Testing IEC 60068 2 (6,21,27,30,75,78)
Cables General Test and Measuring Methods lEC 60189
PVC insulated cables for working IS 694 / IS1554
Voltages upto and including 1100 V
-Do- UV resistant for outdoor IS/IEC 69947
Installation
Page No. 48 of 313

Bos item / component Applicable IEC/ equivalent BIS Standard
Standard Description Standard Number
Switches/ Circuit Breakers/ General Requirements IS/IEC 60947 part I, II & III
Connectors Connectors- safety EN 50521
Junction Boxes/ Enclosures General Requirements IP 65
IEC 62208
SPV System Design PV Stand-alone Systems IEC 62124
design verification
Installation Practices Electrical installations of buildings- IEC 60364-7-712
Requirements for SPV power
supply systems
3. AUTHORIZED TESTING LABORATORIES/ CENTERS

3.1 The PV modules must be tested and approved by one of the IEC authorized test centers. Test certificates can
be from any of the NABL/ BIS Accredited Testing / Calibration Laboratories. Qualification test certificate as
per IEC standard, issued by the Solar Energy Centre for small capacity modules upto 37Wp capacity will also
be valid.
3.2 Test certificates for the BoS items/ components can be from any of the NABL/ BIS Accredited Testing-
Calibration Laboratories/ MNRE approved test centers. The list of MNRE approved test centers will be
reviewed and updated from time to time.
4. WARRANTY
4.1 The mechanical structures, electrical works including power conditioners/inverters/charge controllers/
maximum power point tracker units/ distribution boards/digital meters/ switchgear/ storage batteries, etc. and
overall workmanship of the SPV power plants/ systems must be warranted against any manufacturing/
design/ installation defects for a minimum period of 5 years.
4.2 PV modules used in solar power plants/ systems must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, which
should not be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years.
5. IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY

5.1 Each PV module used in any solar power project must use a RF identification tag (RFID), which must
contain the following information. The RFID can be inside or outside the module laminate, but must be
able to withstand harsh environmental conditions.
(i) Name of the manufacturer of PV Module
(ii) Name of the Manufacturer of Solar cells
(iii) Month and year of the manufacture (separately for solar cells and module)
(iv) Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)
(v) I-V curve for the module
(vi) Peak Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the module
(vii) Unique Serial No and Model No of the module
(viii) Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate
(ix) Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate
(x) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per ISO 9000 series.
Page No. 49 of 313

INDIAN ENERGY SCENARIO
Renewable Energy Sources (RES) will turnout to be one of the most

important and crucial element of Indias power policy aimed to meet
the power needs of remote areas in an environmentally friendly way.
Certain forms of renewable energy sources (such as solar, wind
energy, small-hydro and biomass) have taken off. Strong private
participation is seen in sectors like wind power, in response to the
policy and initiatives.
India has an enormous potential of renewable energy across the

various sources as indicated in the table below.
Page No. 50 of 313

The current installed capacity of around 9,220 MW constitutes about
7.3% of Indias total installed generation capacity. Given the low
utilization percentage, there is an exciting opportunity for various
participants, including generator and equipment manufacturers.
Solar Energy is the most promising space as it is the least exploited as

of now. Globally, costs of electricity generated by solar PV have been
falling. Given the high solar incidence in India, and the need to
electrify vast remote off-grid areas, India is set to become a huge
market for solar energy. Government subsidies will be crucial in order
to ensure affordability in off-grid locations.
ADVANTAGE INDIA VISION 2012
Arid regions receive plentiful solar radiation, regions like Rajasthan,

Gujarat and Haryana receive sunlight in plenty.
Thus the Potential availability - 20 MW/km2 (source IREDA)
IREDA is planning to electrify 18,000 villages by year 2012 mainly
through solar PV systems
Targets have been set for the large scale utilization of PV
technology by different sectors within the next five years
By the year 2030, India should achieve Energy Independence

through solar power and other forms of renewable energy
Dr. A. P. J. Abdul Kalam
President of India
Page No. 51 of 313

The per capita energy consumption level in various countries is shown in the
figure below. Indias per capita consumption of energy is far lower than that
of the world average. Even with such a low per capita consumption, during
the year 2008-09, the power deficit is about 11% in total demand and a
deficit of more than 12% in peak load demand. This clearly signifies that the
available fuel is not sufficient to meet the rising demand for energy of India.
By end of year 2008, India had power generation capacity of about 152 GW.
Even with such an installed base, about 17% of the villages in India are non-
electrified, which would translate to about 450 million. With a growing
economy, the demand for power is growing at about 6% every year and the
peak load demand is expected to reach 176 GW by 2012.
About 11% of the total power is sourced from oil & gas. Apart from
automobiles and industry, the power sector is the largest importer of oil &
gas in India. For 2008, the total oil imports accounted for 7% of the GDP.
Page No. 52 of 313

Page No. 53 of 313
The Indian power sector is highly dependent on coal as a fuel, with 53% of
the total installed capacity being coal based generation. Given the current
scenario, coal consumption by the power sector is likely to reach levels of
173 mn MT by 2012. According to the Ministry of Coal, the existing coal
reserves are estimated to last for another 40-45 years.
To meet the 778 GW demand for power by 2031-32, the Government of

India is planning heavy investments in coal based power generation, where
cost of production is lower than with any other source. Coal based power is
grid connected, which leads to another major power related issue in India
AT&C (Aggregated Technical & Commercial) losses. Some key statistics
pertaining to AT&C losses in India for 2008-09 are given below:
Figures vary from 18- 62% across states; a country average of 36%
Major losses due to theft and pilferage (about Rs 20,000 Cr annually)
Poor billing and collection efficiency (55% and 41% respectively)
India is positioned on the threshold of a new era of possibilities and

opportunities. The exponentially growing demand for resources in both rural
and urban India is creating new possibilities every day. It is a well known fact
that the rapidly growing population and businesses are placing considerable
pressure on Indias power resources.
Page No. 54 of 313

The Indian solar energy market is divided mainly under two heads depending
ion the types of technologies used for product manufacturing. These are solar
photovoltaics and solar thermal. Although in terms of present usage solar
thermal power generation is much more than the corresponding
photovoltaics counterpart, but the latter technology is developing very fast.
Growth of solar photovoltaics (SPV)
The solar PV program was begun in the mid 70's in India. While the world
has progressed substantially in production of basic silicon mono-crystalline
photovoltaic cells, India has fallen short to achieve the worldwide
momentum. In early 2000, nine Indian companies were manufacturing solar
cells. During 1997-98 it was estimated that about 8.2 MW capacity solar cells
were produced in the country. The total installed manufacturing capacity was
estimated to be 19 MW per year. The major players in Solar PV are Bharat
Heavy Electricals Ltd. (BHEL) (http://www.bhel.com/bhel/home.php);
Central Electrtonics Ltd., and Rajasthan Electricals & Instruments Ltd., as
well as by several companies in the private sector. The latest, 100 million
dollars investment from Tata BP Solar in India is the pointer towards the
booming solar market in India. Of late, the market is growing for SPV
applications based products with the active encouragement of the
government.
The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (www.mnes.nic.in) have initiated

innovative schemes to accelerate utilization and exploitation of the solar
energy. Number of incentives like subsidy, soft loan, 80 percent accelerated
depreciation, confessional duty on import of raw materials and certain
products, excise duty exemption on certain devices/systems etc. are being
provided for the production and use of solar energy systems.
Page No. 55 of 313

About MNRE
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) is the nodal Ministry of the
Government of India at the National level for all matters relating to new and
renewable energy such as solar, wind, biomass, small hydro, hydrogen,
geothermal, etc. The endeavor of the Ministry is to promote renewable
energy technologies and increase the contribution of renewable energy in the
total mix in the years to come. The Ministry has created testing centers to
ensure quality and standard products in the market. Besides, MNRE has
created Center for Wind Energy technology (C-WET), Solar Energy Center
(SEC) and national Institute of Renewable Energy (NIRE). In addition, the
Ministry is supporting some Center of Excellence in Renewable Energy.
The Ministry has a wide range of programmes on research and development,

demonstration, and promotion of renewable energy for rural, urban,
commercial and industrial applications as well as for grid-interactive power
generation. A threefold strategy is being followed:
a) Providing support for research, development and demonstration of

technologies;
b) Facilitating institutional finance through various financial institutions;
c) Promoting private investment through fiscal incentives, tax holidays,
depreciation allowance and remunerative returns for power fed into the
grid.
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy

Block - 14, CGO Complex
Lodhi Road, New Dehli - 110 003, INDIA
Page No. 56 of 313

INDIAN RENEWABLE ENERGY DEVELOPMENT AGENCY
The Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA) a Public Limited

Company established in 1987- provides revolving fund to financing and
leasing companies offering affordable credit for the purchase of PV systems.
As a result, the Renewable Energy Sector is increasingly assuming a greater
role in providing grid power to the Nation as its total capacities reached
about 9,013 MW. This apart, the Electricity Act 2003, National Electricity
Policy 2005 and National Tariff Policy 2006 provide a common framework for
the regulation of renewable power in all States/UTs through quotas,
preferential tariffs, and guidelines for pricing 'non-firm' power. However, in
the Draft New and Renewable Energy Policy Statement 2005, which is yet be
approved, the federal government is very cautious about the status of
renewable energy in the future. It says, "despite the fact that the biomass-
solar- hydrogen economy is some decades away, it should not make industry
and the scientific & technical community of the country unduly complacent
into believing that necessary steps for expected changes can wait."
The MNES has been implementing installation of solar PV water pumping

systems for irrigation and drinking water applications through subsidy since
1993-94. Typically, a 1,800 Wp PV array capacity solar PV water pumping
system, which cost about Rs. 3.65 lakh, is being used for irrigation purposes.
The Ministry is providing a subsidy of Rs.30 per watt of PV array capacity
used, subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000 per system. The majority of the
pumps fitted with a 200 watt to 3,000 watt motor are powered with 1,800
MWp PV array which can deliver about 140,000 liters of water/day from a
total head of 10 meters. By 30th September, 2006, a total of 7,068 solar PV
water pumping systems have been installed.
Page No. 57 of 313

A total of 32 grid interactive solar PV power plants have been installed in the
country with financial assistance from the Federal Government. These plants,
with aggregate capacity of 2.1 MW, are estimated to generate about 2.52
million units of electricity in a year. In 1995, an aggregate area of 4 lakh
square meters of solar collectors were installed in the country for thermal
applications such as water heating, drying cooking etc. The thermal energy
generated from these devices was assessed at over 250 million kwh per year.
In addition, solar PV systems with an aggregate capacity of 12 MW were
installed for applications such as lighting, water pumping, communications,
etc. These systems are capable of generating 18 million kwh of electricity per
year. In 2003 alone, India added 2.5 MW of solar PVs.
For rural electrification as well as employment and income generation, about

16,530 solar photovoltaic lighting systems were installed during 2004-05.
Over 150,000 square meters of collector area has been installed in the
country for solar water heating in domestic, industrial and commercial
sectors making the cumulative installed collector area over one million
square meters. Government-funded solar energy in India only accounted for
about 6.4 megawatt-years of power as of 2005.
Similarly, India's Integrated Rural Energy Program using renewable energy

had served 300 districts and 2,200 villages by early 2006 (Table-9). More
than 250 remote villages in seven states were electrified under the program
during 2005, with additional projects under implementation in over 800
villages and 700 hamlets in 13 states and federal territories. Rural
applications of solar PV had increased to 340,000 home lighting systems,
540,000 solar lanterns, and 600,000 solar cookers in use.
Page No. 58 of 313

Indian markets in terms of growth are performing quite well in both types of
solar power generation and their applications, particularly in rural sectors.
The governments pro-investment policies also found favour among the
Indian renewable energy companies. The enthusiastic Indian entrepreneurs
has started investing in RE power generation in recent years. Many new
players such as Moser Bayer, Tata BP Solar, Reliance, etc are making
conscious efforts towards RE market development.
There are two distinct market segments for solar water heating systems
(SWHS) in India, namely, (i) domestic and (ii) commercial & industrial. In
domestic sector, SWHS are used to meet household hot water requirements.
Whereas, in commercial sector, SWHS are used to meet the hot water
demand e.g. in hotels and hospitals etc. while in industrial sector, these
systems are used for preheating boiler feed water or to meet the process
heating requirements.
So far, the majority of installations in India are in the commercial and

industrial sector, with 80% of the collector area installed in commercial and
industrial sector, But as a result of improved economics of solar systems
thanks to increase in electrical prices, the domestic market is increasing in
India. As per MNRE, the potential of solar water heating systems in the
2
country is around 30 million m of collector area. The MNES policy (draft) has
2
set the goal of installing 5-million m collector area during 2000-2012, with
equal distribution of collector area in domestic as well as commercial and
industrial sector. Various policy incentives have been suggested to achieve
this target.
Page No. 59 of 313

Although, the total collector area installed has increased substantially over
the last few years, but this market penetration is still too small comparing to
the European countries like Greece, Germany, and Spain etc., especially
when compared in terms of collector area installed per unit population. The
installations per 1000 inhabitants are 5.1, 15.2 and 0.52 in Greece, Germany
and India respectively. In case of Indian market, the marketing, installation
of systems and after sales service are responsibility of the manufacturer as
the chain of dealers and installers has not been developed, which is very
important for market penetration.
India has a strong industrial base for manufacturing of PV systems, which not
only caters to the local market, which not only caters to the local market, but
also exports. Development of the Indian PV industry started with the setting
up of a public sector company called CEL (Central Electronics Ltd) and,
subsequently, the start of PV operation by BHEL ( Bharat Heavy Electricals
Ltd.).Private companies entered this field in the early 1990s. In the Indian PV
Industry today, 8 companies manufacture modules while about 45 are in the
business of system integration with most of them manufacturing their
balance-of-systems as well.
Typically the Indian market has been divided in to

(1) MNES- supported subsidy market primarily for socially-
driven schemes;
(2) Commercial market for specialized applications such as in
railways,
telecommunications, and exports; and
(3) Consumer-oriented market primarily driven by availability of
finance.
Page No. 60 of 313

The first segment of market consists of approximately 30% of the aggregate
system installed capacity. Market share for commercial segment has been
46%, and remaining 24% is accommodated in the consumer-oriented
market. In view of the current emphasis and commitment on deploying PV
technology through commercially sustainable routes, it is estimated that the
market segment in the commercial and consumer segments will grow fast.
Based on the experience and success of the Ninth Plan, the pattern of PV
demonstration and utilization programme has been modified for the Tenth
Plan period. Accordingly, targets have been set as 250 000 home lighting
systems, 10 000 solar generators, and 5-MW capacity power plants and
other including BIPV applications. A total of 5000 villages are proposed to be
electrified during the Tenth Plan out of which 4000 are likely to use PV
technology. Additionally, a target for selling 600 000 solar lanterns through
the interest subsidy has also been set. For grid interactive power, the plan
proposes a total of 15 MWp additional capacities out of which 5 MWp is more
captive use by the industry.
There is also an annual manufacturing capacity of about 2 million silicon

wafers. The industry produced 25 MWp of solar cells and 36 MWp of modules
during 2003/04, while production of these during 2002/03 was 21.5 MWp
and 23 MWp, respectively. The cumulative production of the Indian PV
industry was around 191 MWp till 31 December 2004, out of which over 105
th
MWp was exported. The target for 11 Five Year Plan is to add about 50 MWp
of SPV systems including both off grid and grid connected SPV systems.
Page No. 61 of 313

IMPORTANCE OF SOLAR POWER
Importance of Solar
Since the invention of solar cells in 1954, photovoltaic (PV) has gained
the reputation of a reliable power source for space and certain
terrestrial applications. Mankinds dependence on fossil fuels has
negatively impacted the environment and is responsible for global
warming. Photovoltaic (PV) offers a unique opportunity to solve the
21st centurys energy and the environmental problems simultaneously
because solar energy is essentially unlimited and solar cells can
convert it into electrical energy without any undesirable impact on the
environment.
Thus photovoltaic (PV) is an ideal clean and reliable renewable source

of electricity generation for space and terrestrial applications. The
potential of photovoltaic (PV) can be judged from the fact that 30
minutes of global collected solar energy is equivalent to yearly
worldwide energy consumption. 1% of the Sahara surface would be
sufficient to supply the global electricity demand via Solar electricity
plants.
Of all renewable energy (wind, geothermal, biomass, solar

photovoltaic (PV), hydro & tide) PV is ready to make same impact in
electricity production as the microelectronics based on the silicon chip
has impacted virtually on every human being.
Page No. 62 of 313

PV manufacturing over years has been supported partially by Oil
companies. Other than Sharp and some material suppliers, no major
semiconductor company has played a significant role in PV
manufacturing.
Source: solarwirtschaft.de
The above figure depicts that according to a German study, 50% of

the world will be on renewable energy by 2050.
Page No. 63 of 313

Recent entry of Applied Materials (a California based corporation and
number one semiconductor equipment manufacturer with annual
revenue of about $10 billion) as a turn-key plant builder for
manufacturing photovoltaic modules has changed the dynamics of PV
manufacturing. Due to modular nature, power generation by PV can
reach rural world in a way similar to the growth of cell phones (without
the need of a telephone line).
Page No. 64 of 313

Today panels generate a miniscule 0.04% of the worlds energy needs.
International Energy Agency (IEA) estimates that govt. and the private
sector will invest $10tn in the next 30 years to expand and upgrade global
energy infrastructure. Energy needs to grow 50% by 2030.
Page No. 65 of 313

Grid prices are going up with demand and governments liberalizing
their energy markets. Fossil fuel prices continue to climb along with
utilities facing expensive repairs and upgrades. Average of residential
prices over 70 countries show grid prices rose by 4% CAGR from 1998
to 2005 and 9% CAGR for the past 5 years.
Despite rapid growth in the last 10 years, solars contribution is tiny,

leaving significant room for rapid adoption of this technology Photo-
Voltaic with the highest growth
It contributes to 0.1% Market Share of Electricity Capacity being one

among the fastest growing segment in Solar Energy Market.
o Growth of 23% (20-yr. CAGR)

o Growth of 44% (5-yr. CAGR)
Page No. 66 of 313

Global photovoltaic market sales expected to grow over 6x to USD 40
billion by 2010
23%
Page No. 67 of 313

MARKETS FOR THE FUTURE
Most of the thermal energy requirements in the Indian industrial sector lies in
0
the range of 100-250 C, which corresponds to the medium temperature
range of solar thermal systems. This is supplied either as high temperature,
pressurized water or as low-pressure steam. These medium temperature
requirements are primarily met by the combustion of fossil fuels, such as
coal. Ignite, and furnace oil. There are 22 major industries where boilers
supply process heat in the form of either steam or hot air up to a maximum
temperature of 150 C. These industries include dairy, food processing,
textiles, hotels, edible oil, chemical, bulk drug, breweries, and distilleries.
Solar thermal Systems can be employed to meet this demand in a

complementary manner. It is estimated that about 60% of the thermal
energy consumed in the industry is used to process and products. Even if
only 10% of this requirement is met through solar thermal systems, it will
lead to savings of about 292 400 Kilolitres of furnace oil (Dr Rao Associates
1991) a year and a reduction in the resultant CO2.
A major component of household energy requirement in India is cooking.

Fuelwood, Kerosene, and LPG are the major sources of cooking energy;
however, there is a gradual shift from fuelwood to LPG for cooking. Solar
cooking offers a viable option in the domestic sector. At the micro level, solar
cookers facilitate financial savings for the consumer, and at the macro level,
they help in the conservation of LPG and fuelwood. Of the many types of
solar cookers- such as concentrating (dish) type solar cookers, indirect
heating type solar cookers, with or without heat storage, and hybrid type
solar cookers- the box type solar cookers have reached the
commercialization stage.
Page No. 68 of 313

Considering the vast potential and resource availability, the Government of
India, through the MNES, provided various interventions in terms of subsidy
and other fiscal benefits to promote solar water-heating systems. These
subsidies were abolished in July 1993 when the technology attained a certain
level of commercialization. Instead, provisions were made to avail soft loans
through IREDA and some designated banks.
Among several applications of PV, BIPV (Building integrated PV) is one of the
fastest-growing market segments in Europe. In India, this concept is slowly
gaining popularity, pioneered by TERI and followed by a few other projects
such as those in IIT ( Indian Institute of Technology), Kanpur. Traditionally,
PV arrays have been mounted on special support structures; however, they
can also be made an integral part of the building envelope. In order to
encourage this application and prepare manufacturers and users, the MNES
has recently launched a scheme to support BIPV demonstration.
The village electrification programme of the Government of India has opened

a significant market segment for PV. There are about 173000 villages in the
country of which about 25000 villages are in remote and accessible areas. All
these villages are proposed to be electrified using RETs.
The SPV demonstration and utilization programme was reviewed during the
year 2004/05. It was found that 74-Wp models of solar home systems
(which consist four light points or two light points and a connection of
TV/fan) were being purchased by relatively well-off people. Therefore, the
subsidy of the 74-Wpmodule has been reduced to re-introduce solar lanterns
under this programme, which was withdrawn from the programme in
2002/03. However, the subsidy level for solar lanterns would be same as it
was at the time of its withdrawal (that is 50%).
Page No. 69 of 313

BENEFITS OF GRID CONNECT SOLAR ENERGY
Greatly reduced pollution
Finally solar energy is clean. It is a clean alternative to fossil fuels and

nuclear power and it will never run out. Its silent. Solar power can be
captured anywhere without creating noise pollution that might
otherwise up set neighbours and wildlife. It works wherever the sun
shines. It doesnt matter how remote, solar can generate energy
where no other form of power can be obtained. Thus, no danger of
damaging our already damaged environment further and you can be
part of the Green initiative, lower your carbon footprint, and save our
planet from harmful greenhouse gases.
Greatly reduced contribution to global warming
One of the greatest advantages of solar energy of course is that there

are no carbon dioxide, methane or other emissions that warm the
atmosphere.
Infinite energy resource
Solar energy is not a finite resource as fossil fuels are. While the sun is
up there it constantly produces all the energy we can use.
Reduced maintenance costs
While not maintenance-free -- what technology really is? -- once solar

panels, wind- or water power facilities are in place, no fuel or
lubricants need to be supplied.
Page No. 70 of 313

Falling production costs
The financial costs of producing appliances such as solar cells & panels
are falling as technology develops. Comparatively solar energy is
competing with fossil fuels as fossil fuel prices have risen steeply
globally in the last few years. Solar energy technology is becoming
increasingly efficient.
Low running costs
With prices of traditional fuels soaring the cost advantages of solar

energy are becoming obvious. After installation of the appliance, solar
energy is free.
Local application
Suitable for remote areas that are not connected to energy grids.
Fossil-fuel poor countries can kick their dependency on this energy and
spend their funds on other things through application of solar energy.
Health and safety benefits
In some places where people have used kerosene and candles for
domestic heating and lighting, respiratory diseases and impaired
eyesight have resulted. Many people have been burned through
accidents involving kerosene heating. Solar energy, especially with
excess energy stored for night-time use, overcomes these problems.
Page No. 71 of 313

Reliability
Among the significant advantages of solar energy is that of reliability. Local

application and independence from a centrally controlled power grid and
energy transport infrastructure is insurance from upheaval through political
and economic turmoil.
BARRIERS IN DEVELOPMENT OF THE PROJECT
The project has been identified with some barriers as mentioned below:
Higher capital cost The initial capital investment of the project is so

high compared to other conventional power Project, so per MW cost is
high.
Low Capacity Utilization factor the total unit generation is low

compared to other electricity generation system, because maximum of 6
hours in a day plant gets the solar light and generates the power.
The project being first of its kind in the state, there could be more risks and
barriers which might surface as the project progresses and it is difficult to
enumerate all at this stage.
Page No. 72 of 313

GLOBAL WARMING
The present oil price at USD 130 plus per barrel has changed the world
energy scenario to focus on importance of renewable energy sources
for augmenting power production worldwide. Of these, solar and wind
power are the most important sources.
Solar is now contributing only 0.2% of the world energy source with
1.2GW production and s pitched to grow 1.1% by 2010 20% by 2040.
By 2040 solar will be the major source of energy surpassing Oil, Gas &
Coal. Life span of solar cells is warranted for 30 plus years.
Page No. 73 of 313

There is a worldwide shortage of solar cells, which will continue for the
next few years. Thus can be rest assured of a ready export market for
its solar cells. Some European PV manufacturers, particularly from
Germany, are already looking at India to meet their solar cell needs.
Page No. 74 of 313

SOURCES OF GREENHOUSE GASES
The contribution to the greenhouse effect by a gas is affected by both the

characteristics of the gas and its abundance. For example, on a molecule-for-
molecule basis methane is about eight times stronger greenhouse gas than
carbon dioxide, but it is present in much smaller concentrations so that its
total contribution is smaller. When these gases are ranked by their
contribution to the greenhouse effect, the most important are:
water vapor, which contributes 3672%

carbon dioxide, which contributes 926%
methane, which contributes 49%
ozone, which contributes 37%
It is not possible to state that a certain gas causes an exact percentage of

the greenhouse effect. This is because some of the gases absorb and emit
radiation at the same frequencies as others, so that the total greenhouse
effect is not simply the sum of the influence of each gas. The higher ends of
the ranges quoted are for each gas alone; the lower ends account for
overlaps with the other gases. The major non-gas contributor to the Earth's
greenhouse effect, clouds, also absorb and emit infrared radiation and thus
have an effect on radiative properties of the greenhouse gases.
In addition to the main greenhouse gases listed above, other greenhouse

gases include sulfur hexafluoride, hydrofluorocarbons and perfluorocarbons.
Some greenhouse gases are not often listed. For example, nitrogen
trifluoride has a high global warming potential (GWP) but is only present in
very small quantities.
Page No. 75 of 313

Atmospheric absorption and scattering at different electromagnetic
wavelengths. The largest absorption band of carbon dioxide is in the infrared.
Scientists who have elaborated on Arrhenius's theory of global warming are
concerned that increasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the
atmosphere are causing an unprecedented rise in global temperatures, with
potentially harmful consequences for the environment and human health.
Although contributing to many other physical and chemical reactions, the
major atmospheric constituents, nitrogen (N2), oxygen (O2), and argon (Ar),
are not greenhouse gases. This is because molecules containing two atoms of
the same element such as N2 and O2 and monatomic molecules such as Ar
have no net change in their dipole moment when they vibrate and hence are
almost totally unaffected by infrared light. Although molecules containing two
atoms of different elements such as carbon monoxide (CO) or hydrogen
chloride (HCl) absorb IR, these molecules are short-lived in the atmosphere
owing to their reactivity and solubility. As a consequence they do not
contribute significantly to the greenhouse effect and are not often included
when discussing greenhouse gases.
Late 19th century scientists experimentally discovered that N2 and O2 did

not absorb infrared radiation (called, at that time, "dark radiation") and that
water as a vapour and in cloud form, CO2 and many other gases did absorb
such radiation. It was recognized in the early 20th century that the
greenhouse gases in the atmosphere caused the Earth's overall temperature
to be higher than it would be without them.
Page No. 76 of 313

GREEN HOUSE GAS CONCENTRATION TRENDS
The atmospheric concentration of CO2 has increased by 31% since 1750 and
continues to increase, on average, by 1.5 ppm or 0.4% per year. About 80%
of the anthropogenic emissions of CO2 during the past 20 years is due to
fossil fuel burning and cement production. The rest is due to deforestation.
The atmospheric concentrations of CH4 and N2O have increased by 151% and
17%, respectively, since 1750. The table given below shows the 20th
Century changes in the Earths atmosphere system for selected GHGs
TABLE ATMOSPHERE CONCENTRATION OF GHGs IN THE 21ST CENTURY
Increase in
Atmospheric Pre Industrial Concentration Concentration
Concentration
Indicator Concentration in Year 2000 in Year 2008
level in %
CO2 (in pps) 280 368 385
CH4 700 1750 1865
N2O 270 316 322

Tropospheric
Increases by 35 15% from 1750, varies with region
O3
HFCs, PFCs,
Increased globally over last 50 years
SF6
Page No. 77 of 313

It is worth mentioning here that for electricity generation nuclear
energy is not a viable solution for carbon emission reduction. Nuclear
energy in real world is not cost effective.
Over the last 50 years, due to defense applications it has been heavily
subsidized virtually by all countries. Between the 1950s and 1990, the
EU & other governments spent over $31 billion on developing nuclear
power. From 1978 to 1990, they spent just $8.6 billion on developing
renewable energy sources.
The Green Peace data shown in clearly demonstrate that as compared

to renewable energy sources, nuclear energy and fossil fuels have
received a much larger support from the European countries. Similar
data exist for US and other countries. Reactor safety (tragic lesson of
Chernobyl) is a real issue. Storage of nuclear waste material,
decommissioning of the reactor and the health issues of exposure to
low level radiations to human beings are real concerns.
The challenges of non-proliferation and disarmament issues are even

more daunting and basic than safety and economic issues, because
they are not only technological, but also military, political, and
institutional in nature. If nuclear power were used as a means of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions, the inventories of plutonium
would rise dramatically. This would further exacerbate economic,
environmental, and proliferation problems associated with nuclear
power.
Page No. 78 of 313

Fossil fuels are non-renewable. They are limited in supply and will one
day be depleted. There is no escaping this conclusion. Combustion of
fossil fuels is considered to be the largest contributing factor to the
release of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. The sun is the
ultimate source of energy for our planet. Its energy is found in fossil
fuels as well as all living things. As shown in Figure 1, renewable
energy sources make up 13.1% of worlds primary energy supplies
(the latest data available for 2004). The geo-political considerations as
well as climate considerations have forced various governments to
produce green electricity. Table I shows the current and targeted
green electricity production for Britain, Germany, France, Spain, Italy,
US, China and Japan.
Page No. 79 of 313

ATMOSPHERIC LIFETIME & GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP)
FOR SOME GREEN HOUSE GASES
The tables below present characteristics of seven major greenhouse gases.

The Global Warming Potential (GWP) indicates the radiative effect of a
greenhouse gas, while the atmospheric lifetime expresses the "burden" of
a specific greenhouse gas after taking into account global sink availability.
GWP2 (100
Greenhouse Chemical Anthropogenic Atmospheric
Year Time
Gas Formula Sources Lifetime1(years)
Horizon)
Carbon Fossil-fuel combustion, Land-use conversion, Cement
CO2 variable1 1
Dioxide Production
Fossil fuels,
Methane CH4 Rice paddies, 121 23
Waste dumps
Nitrous Fertilizer,
N2O 1141 296
Oxide Industrial processes, Combustion
Liquid coolants,
CFC-12 CCL2F2 100 10600
Foams
HCFC-22 CCl2F2 Refrigerants 11.9 1700
Aluminum smelting,
Perfluoroethane C2F6 10000 11900
Semiconductor manufacturing
Sulfur Hexaflouride SF6 Dielectric fluid 3200 22200
Page No. 80 of 313

WORLD ENERGY SCENARIO
The current world energy scenario or world energy scenario as it is expected

to be after 20 or 50 years. The different possible future world energy
scenario depending upon different assumptions about development in world
energy consumption and the way these energy needs are met. The exact
information included in such scenario will depend on the purpose of painting
such a scenario. Given below is a partial list of information that could be
included in world energy scenario.
Energy consumed: This may include region-wise and application wise

details.
Sources of energy and quantity of energy supplied by each. It may also
give the total availability of energy from each source. Also region-wise
details of such information may be provided.
Prices and costs of energy from different sources.

Environmental impact of energy consumption.
Impact of energy consideration on world politics
World energy demand expands by 45% between now and 2030 an average rate of 1.6% per year with coal
accounting for more than a third of the overall rise
Page No. 81 of 313

Demand for coal has been growing faster than any other energy source & is projected to account for more than a
third of incremental global energy demand to 2030
Page No. 82 of 313

Soon after 2010, renewables become the 2nd-largest source of electricity behind coal, thanks to government support,
prospects for higher fossil-fuel prices & declining investment costs
All of the growth in oil demand comes from non-OECD, with China contributing 43%, the Middle East & India
each about 20% & other emerging Asian economies most of the rest
Page No. 83 of 313

Energy subsidies in the 20 largest non-OECD countries hit $310 billion in 2007 creating, in many cases, an
unsustainable economic burden & exacerbating environmental effects
Energy issues are likely to remain at center stage for the balance of
this decade and well into the next. Globally, we are approaching a
peak in world oil production, if we have not already reached it. There
are two billion people worldwide who have no access to clean energy
which severely constraints their socio-economic developments. The
issue of climate change is real and is getting attention from everyone
around the world.
The total primary energy demand in the world increased from 5,536
Giga tone oil equivalent (GTOE) in 1971 to 10,345 GTOE in 2002,
representing cumulative growth rate of 2%. New research from
McKinsey Global Institute revels that global energy demand is on a
path to grow by 2.2% over the next 15 years. The growth in energy
demand coupled with climate change provides a unique business
opportunity to develop clean energy as the future energy source.
Page No. 84 of 313

Figure 1 shows the distribution of world total primary energy sources.
It is obvious from Figure 1 that the currently there is not significant
clean energy production. The International Energy Agency (IEA) data
shows that globally the electricity demand almost tripled from 1971 to
2002. This is not unexpected, since electricity is becoming the
preferred form of energy for all applications. Figure 2 shows the
various type of fuels used for generating electricity worldwide.
Obviously, electricity production is one of the main sources of global
warming. Figure 3 shows world green-house gas emission for various
sectors. The data of Figures 1, 2 and 3 show that fossil fuel is the
biggest source of carbon emission. Therefore substituting fossil fuels
by renewable energy must be an important part of any strategy to
reduce global carbon emission.
FIGURE 1: Current contributions of various energy sources to the

world total primary energy
Page No. 85 of 313

FIGURE 2: World electricity production by fuel in 2003
Page No. 86 of 313

The following is a list of all the photovoltaic power plants globally:
Capacity Location Technology Status

(MW)
154 Australia Concentrated Under construction.
Photovoltaic Resumes operation in 2013
62 Portugal Silicon Under construction of phase 1.
Panels
40 Germany Thin Film Under construction.
Panels Will resume operations in
December 2009.
23 Spain Silicon Resumed operation in
Panels January 2008.
21 Spain Silicon Close to starting operations
Panels
20 Spain Silicon Close to starting operations
Panels
20 Spain Silicon Operating since Sept 2007
Panels
18 Spain Silicon
Panels
14 USA Silicon Resumed operation in
Panels December 2007
13.8 Spain Silicon Operating since Sept 2007
Panels
12.7 Spain
12 Germany Silicon Resumed operations
Panels
11 Portugal Silicon Resumed operation in
Panels January 2007
10 Germany Resumed operations since
March 2006
9.7 Spain
Page No. 87 of 313

As is evident from the above table, most of the large photovoltaic
power plants in the world are above the 5 MW scale. Most of these
power plants are using the silicon panel approach to generate power.
In the entire project cost for a photovoltaic power plant, the cost of
the power generating panels is normally the highest proportion of the
cost. At 5 MW scale also, the cost of the panels is essentially the
largest cost of the project. In addition, at 5MW scale, the entire utility
of the balance of system (supporting equipment) is completely
realized, hence making this scale to be more economical.
The production of solar PV across the world for the year 2008 is estimated at
about 7.3 GW of modules. The total production grew by about 84% in 2008
as compared to production in year 2007.
During the year, Chinese and Taiwanese production increased over-

proportionally, with China at the top, with about 2.4 GW, followed by Europe
with 1.9 GW, Japan with 1.2 GW and Taiwan with 0.8 GW
Page No. 88 of 313

Installations of Solar PV across the world
The market for installed systems in 2008 more than doubled as compared to
2007. For 2008, the total global solar PV installations are estimated at about
5.7 to 6 GW.
The impressive growth in 2008 is mainly due to an exceptional development

in the Spanish market, which rose nearly five-fold from 560 MW in 2007 to
2.7 GW in 2008 [Epi 2009, Sys 2009). The second largest and most stable
market was Germany with 1.9 GW, followed by the US (342 MW), South
Korea (282 MW), Italy (258 MW) and Japan (230 MW).
Page No. 89 of 313

Europe
Despite the fact that the European PV production grew again by over 80%
and reached 1.9 GW, the exceptional growth did not change the role of
Europe as a net importer of solar cells and/or modules. Apart from Spain and
Germany, the rapidly developing markets in Europe include the Czech
Republic (51 MW), France (46 MW) and Portugal (50 MW). The ongoing
capacity expansions and the cap in the Spanish market might change this in
future.
USA
The third largest market in 2008 was USA, with 342 MW of PV installations,
including 292 MW grid-connected PV. California, New Jersey and Colorado
accounted for more than 75% of the US grid-connected PV market. The US
Senate voted to extend the tax credits for solar and other renewable
energies on September 23 2008. On October 3 2008, the Congress approved
and the President signed the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of
2008, as part of H.R. 1424, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of
2008.
In May 2009, President Obama announced plans to spend over $467 million
from the American Reinvestment and Recovery Act to expand and accelerate
the development, deployment, and use of geothermal and solar energy
throughout the United States. The Department of Energy (DoE) will provide $
117.6 million in Recovery Act funding to accelerate the widespread
commercialization of solar energy technologies across America. $51.5 million
will go directly for Photovoltaic Technology Development and $40.5 million on
Solar Energy Deployment, where projects will focus on non-technical barriers
to solar energy deployment.
Page No. 90 of 313

South Korea
South Korea became the fourth largest PV market in 2008. At the end of
2006, the cumulative installed capacity of PV electricity system was only in
the range of 25 MW. In 2007, about 45 MW were installed and in 2008, the
market surpassed the estimated 75 to 80 MW by far, with 282 MW of new
installations planned. The driver for this development was the Governments
goal to increase the share of New and Renewable Energy Sources (NRES) to
5% by 2011. For PV, the goal was a cumulative installed PV electricity
generation capacity of 1.3 GW by 2012 and 4 GW by 2020.
In January 2009, the Korean Government announced the third National

Renewable Energy Plan, under which, renewable energy sources will steadily
increase their share of the energy mix between now and 2030. The plan
covers areas such as investment, infrastructure, and technology development
and programs to promote renewable energy. The new plan calls for a
renewable energy share of 4.3% in 2015, 6.1% in 2020 and 11% in 2030.
To reach this target, South Korea introduced an attractive feed- in tariff for
15 years, along with investment grants up to 60%. From 2012, it is planned
to substitute the tariffs by a Renewable Portfolio Standard. Under the new
tariff scheme, it is possible to choose between a 15-year guarantee and a
higher kWh price and a20-year guarantee and a somewhat lower kWh price.
The previous 100 MW cap was increased to 500 MW and if not achieved
in2009, the fixed prices applicable for new systems in 2010, will be
announced later. However, the cumulative installed capacity at the end of
2007 was 78 MW. The Korean Government aims to equip 1,00,000 houses
and 70,000 public/commercial buildings with PV systems by 2012. An
interesting aspect is that some of the larger projects will qualify for Clean
Page No. 91 of 313

Development Mechanism (CDM) credits, allowing for trading of Certified
Emission Reductions (CER) under the Kyoto Protocol.
Japan
After two years of decline, the Japanese market recovered slightly and
reached 230 MW of new installations, 9% higher than in 2007. To change
this situation, the Japanese Ministry for Economy, Trade and Industry (METI)
proposed a new investment incentive scheme starting from January 2009.
The scheme offers capital subsidy to household and small scale users and
feed-in tariff for commercial investors. The allocated budget during the last
months of FY 2008 (January March) and FY 2009 would facilitate
installation of more than 100,000 systems or 400 MW.
China
Though the Chinese PV market more than doubled in 2008 to 45 MW, the
domestic market is still less than 2% of total PV production. This situation
might change because Chinas RMB 4 trillion stimulus package, announced in
early March 2009, includes RMB 210 billion ( 22 billion) for green energy
programs. During March 2009, the Chinese Ministry of Finance and Ministry
of Housing and Urban-Rural Development announced a solar subsidy
programme, to promote application of building-integrated solar PV systems.
For 2009, the subsidy will be 20 RMB/p (2.10 /Wp) installed.
Till the end of 2008, China had an accumulative installed capacity of 150 MW
for PV solar power, of which 55% belonged to standalone PV power
generation units. The heat collecting area of solar water heaters had reached
125 million m2, accounting for over 60% of the world total; and keeping
China the world leader in this field for many years.
Page No. 92 of 313

Analysts believe that these measures will accelerate the Chinese domestic
market. For 2009, a doubling or even trebling of the market seems possible
as a starting point for the development of a 1 GW size market from 2012
onwards. China is now aiming for a 12 GW solar capacity in 2011, and in July
2009. Under the new energy stimulus plan, China revised its 2020 targets for
installed solar capacity to 20 GW.
Comparison of solar PV industry in India and China indicates that while

Chinas installed base is much higher (about 150 MW, compared to about 2
MW in India), China also has larger installed capacity (2.4 GW) for solar PV.
While in the last 8 years, India has exported about 66% of its total solar PV
production, for China this proportion is as high as 90%.
China and India face the same problem of non-electrified remote areas. India
chose to connect the non-electrified villages through a national program -
RGGVY (Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidhyut Yojana) and allocated some of the
villages to MNRE under its Rural Lighting Program (RLP) scheme. Earlier in
2009,
China announced the Golden Sun program1, which focuses on a short term
objective of adding 642 MW of solar power generation capacity by 2012.
Instead of offering feed-in tariffs, the Chinese Government will share the
investments, not only for generation, but also for transmission and
distribution infrastructure. The Ministry of Finance of China will share 50% of
capital cost for utility-scale projects and those going up at industrial sites. It
will pay 70% of the cost of building off-grid projects in remote regions. About
294 projects totaling 642 MW have been approved, and are expected to be
operational within three years. Grid companies / utilities are required to buy
all surplus electricity output from solar power projects that generate
primarily for the developers own needs, at similar rates to benchmark on-
grid tariffs set for coal-fired power generators.
Page No. 93 of 313

There is a cap of 20MW of generating capacity in each province which is
considered as a major drawback for developers to benefit from economies of
scale. Additional details on selected projects are given below:
232 projects -- totaling 290 MW -- to be built at major industrial sites
where carbon-heavy manufacturers will consume all of the electricity
generated.
35 projects -- totaling 306 MW -- to be built as utility-scale solar parks,
whose output will flow into Chinas transmission grid.
27 projects -- totaling 46 MW -- to be built by independent producers in
remote, powerless regions.
Taiwan
To promote the solar energy industry, the Taiwanese Government has

decided to grant subsidies to manufacturers engaged in R&D and offer
incentives to consumers who use solar energy. About a dozen manufacturers
have expressed their intention to invest in fabricating Thin Films for solar
cells, with eight of them setting up their own plants to process the products.
Moreover, the Industrial Technology Research Institute (ITRI), a
government-backed research organization, will import advanced foreign
technology to help local manufacturers.
Page No. 94 of 313

TRENDS IN GLOBAL SOLAR PV PRICES
The global prices of solar PV modules were witnessing downward trend till
2005 when the prices started to increase (from 2005-2008) due to increased
cost (because of low availability) of polysilicon till 2008. During 2008, the
prices were as high as US $ 3.5 per Wp. Due to the economic slowdown in
2008, year 2009 started with high inventory (estimated at about 2 GW) and
high prices. While the manufacturers were holding on to the stock during the
first quarter of 2009, the later part of the year witnessed prices dropping to
historically low price of about US $ 1.9 per Wp for large quantity buyers ($
2.5 per Wp for medium quantity buyers). Most of the manufacturers
worldwide controlled production and the margins depleted1.
The inventory levels at beginning of year 2010 are estimated at about 500
MW. Though Germany will remain the key market for solar PV installations, a
lot of secondary markets are also likely to emerge in year 2010. It is highly
unlikely for industry to sustain the price levels of 2009. As demand recovers
and strengthens in current year, the pricing will certainly recover, even from
the manufacturers in region where low manufacturing costs and
manufacturing subsidies allow for stronger competitive pricing.
Page No. 95 of 313

Future trends expected in global solar PV industry
The global capacity of solar PV modules is expected to reach 54 GW by end

of year 2012 as indicated in the graph below:
The capacity addition relies mainly on the implementation of projects in

China, which has ambitious plans to add capacity. The graph below indicates
Chinas growth plans in the next 4 years. If China achieves its planned
target, it will account for 32% of the total worldwide production capacity by
2012. Graph 6: Solar PV production capacity addition plans of China.
Page No. 96 of 313

CLEAN DEVELOPMENT MECHANISM
The CDM allows emission-reduction (or emission removal) projects in

developing countries to earn certified emission reduction (CER) credits, each
equivalent to one tonne of CO2. These CERs can be traded and sold, and
used by industrialized countries to a meet a part of their emission reduction
targets under the Kyoto Protocol.
The mechanism stimulates sustainable development and emission reductions,

while giving industrialized countries some flexibility in how they meet their
emission reduction limitation targets.
The projects must qualify through a rigorous and public registration and
issuance process designed to ensure real, measurable and verifiable emission
reductions that are additional to what would have occurred without the
project. The mechanism is overseen by the CDM Executive Board,
answerable ultimately to the countries that have ratified the Kyoto Protocol.
In order to be considered for registration, a project must first be approved by

the Designated National Authorities (DNA).
Operational since the beginning of 2006, the mechanism has already

registered more than 1,000 projects and is anticipated to produce CERs
amounting to more than 2.7 billion tonnes of CO2 equivalent in the first
commitment period of the Kyoto Protocol, 20082012.
Page No. 97 of 313

The mechanism is seen by many as a trailblazer. It is the first global,
environmental investment and credit scheme of its kind, providing a
standardized emissions offset instrument, CERs.
The Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) is one of the "flexibility"

mechanisms defined in the Kyoto Protocol (IPCC, 2007). It is defined in
Article 12 of the Protocol, and is intended to meet two objectives: to assist
parties not included in Annex I in achieving sustainable development and in
contributing to the ultimate objective of the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), which is to prevent dangerous
climate change; and to assist parties included in Annex I in achieving
compliance with their quantified emission limitation and reduction
commitments (greenhouse gas (GHG) emission caps). "Annex I" parties are
those countries that are listed in Annex I of the treaty, and are the
industrialized countries. Non-Annex I parties are developing countries.
Objective is achieved by allowing the Annex I countries to meet part of their

caps using "credits" from CDM emission reduction projects in developing
countries (Carbon Trust, 2009, p. 14) This is subject to oversight to ensure
that these emission reductions are real and "additional." The CDM is
supervised by the CDM Executive Board (CDM EB) and is under the guidance
of the Conference of the Parties (COP/MOP) of the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).
The CDM allows industrialized countries to invest in emission reductions

wherever it is cheapest globally. Between 2001, which was the first year CDM
projects could be registered, and 2012, the end of the Kyoto commitment
period, the CDM is expected to produce some 1.5 billion tons of carbon
dioxide equivalent (CO2e) in emission reductions. Most of these reductions
are through renewable energy, energy efficiency, and fuel switching.
Page No. 98 of 313

However, a number of weaknesses of the CDM have been identified.
The economic basis for including developing countries in efforts to reduce

emissions is that emission cuts are thought to be less expensive in
developing countries than developed countries. For example, in developing
countries, environmental regulation is generally weaker than it is in
developed countries. Thus, it is widely thought that there is greater potential
for developing countries to reduce their emissions than developed countries.
From the viewpoint of bringing about a global reduction in emissions,

emissions from developing countries are projected to increase substantially
over this century. Infrastructure decisions made in developing countries
could therefore have a very large influence on future efforts to limit total
global emissions. The CDM is designed to start off developing countries on a
path towards less pollution, with industralized (Annex B) countries paying for
these reductions.
There were two main concerns about the CDM. One was over the
additionality of emission reductions produced by the CDM. The other was
whether it would allow rich, northern countries, and in particular, companies,
to impose projects that were contrary to the development interests of host
countries. To alleviate this concern, the CDM requires host countries to
confirm that CDM projects contribute to their own sustainable development.
International rules also prohibit credits for some kind of activities, notably
from nuclear power and avoided deforestation.
To prevent industrialised countries from making unlimited use of CDM, the

framework has a provision that use of CDM be supplemental to domestic
actions to reduce emissions.
Page No. 99 of 313

This wording has led to a wide range of interpretations - the Netherlands for
example aims to achieve half of its required emission reductions (from a BAU
baseline) by CDM.
It treats Dutch companies' purchases of European Emissions Trading Scheme

allowances from companies in other countries as part of its domestic actions.
The CDM gained momentum in 2005 after the entry into force of the Kyoto
Protocol. Before the Protocol entered into force, investors considered this a
key risk factor. The initial years of operation yielded fewer CDM credits than
supporters had hoped for, as Parties did not provide sufficient funding to the
EB. This left it understaffed.
The Adaptation Fund was established to finance concrete adaptation projects

and programmes in developing countries that are Parties to the Kyoto
Protocol. The Fund is to be financed with a share of proceeds from clean
development mechanism (CDM) project activities and receive funds from
other sources.
An industrialised country that wishes to get credits from a CDM project must
obtain the consent of the developing country hosting the project that the
project will contribute to sustainable development. Then, using
methodologies approved by the CDM Executive Board (EB), the applicant
(the industrialised country) must make the case that the carbon project
would not have happened anyway (establishing additionality), and must
establish a baseline estimating the future emissions in absence of the
registered project. The case is then validated by a third party agency, called
a Designated Operational Entity (DOE), to ensure the project results in real,
measurable, and long-term emission reductions. The EB then decides
whether or not to register (approve) the project.
Page No. 100 of 313

If a project is registered and implemented, the EB issues credits, called
Certified Emission Reductions (CERs, commonly known as carbon credits,
where each unit is equivalent to the reduction of one metric tonne of CO2e,
e.g. CO2 or its equivalent), to project participants based on the monitored
difference between the baseline and the actual emissions, verified by the
DOE.
To avoid giving credits to projects that would have happened anyway

("freeriders"), rules have been specified to ensure additionality of the project,
that is, to ensure the project reduces emissions more than would have
occurred in the absence of the project. At present, the CDM Executive Board
deems a project additional if its proponents can document that realistic
alternative scenarios to the proposed project would be more economically
attractive or that the project faces barriers that CDM helps it overcome.
Current Guidance from the EB is available at the UNFCCC.
Establishing a baseline
The amount of emission reduction depends on the emissions that would have
occurred without the project minus the emissions of the project. The
construction of such a hypothetical scenario is known as the baseline of the
project. The baseline may be estimated through reference to emissions from
similar activities and technologies in the same country or other countries, or
to actual emissions prior to project implementation. The partners involved in
the project could have an interest in establishing a baseline with high
emissions, which would yield a risk of awarding spurious credits.
Independent third party verification is meant to avoid this potential problem.
Page No. 101 of 313

Methodologies
Any proposed CDM project has to use an approved baseline and monitoring
methodology to be validated, approved and registered. Baseline Methodology
will set steps to determine the baseline within certain applicability conditions
whilst monitoring methodology will set specific steps to determine monitoring
parameters, quality assurance, equipment to be used, in order to obtain data
to calculate the emission reductions. Those approved methodologies are all
coded. "AM" stands for "Approved Methodology," "ACM" stands for "Approved
Consolidated Methodology," "AMS" stands for "Approved Methodology for
Small Scale Projects" and so on. All the approved methodology are listed in
the UNFCCC home page. If a project developer can not find an approved
methodology that fits in his/her particular case, the project developer may
submit a new methodology to the Meth Panel, and if approved the new
methodology will be converted to an Approved Methodology.
Economics
Crediting mechanisms like the CDM could play three important roles in
reducing the amount of (mitigating) future climate change.
Improve the cost-effectiveness of GHG mitigation policies in developed

countries
Help to reduce "leakage" (carbon leakage) of emissions from
developed to developing countries. Leakage is where mitigation actions
in one country or economic sector result in another country's or
sector's emissions increasing, e.g., through relocation of polluting
industries from Annex I to non-Annex I countries.
Boost transfers of clean, less polluting technologies to developing
countries.
Page No. 102 of 313

According to Burniaux et al., the cost-saving potential of a well-functioning
crediting mechanism appears to be very large. Compared to baseline costs
(i.e., costs where emission reductions only take place in Annex I countries),
if the cap on offset use was set at 20%, one estimate suggests mitigation
costs could be halved. This cost saving, however, should be viewed as an
upper bound: it assumes no transaction costs and no uncertainty on the
delivery of emission savings. Annex I countries who stand to gain most from
crediting include Australia, New Zealand, and Canada. In this economic
model, non-Annex I countries enjoy a slight income gain from exploiting low
cost emission reductions.
Difficulties with the CDM
Carbon leakage
In theory, leakage may be reduced by crediting mechanisms. In practice, the

amount of leakage partly depends on the definition of the baseline against
which credits are granted. The current CDM approach already incorporates
some leakage. Thus, reductions in leakage due to the CDM may, in fact, be
small or even non-existent.
Additionality, transaction costs and bottlenecks
In order to maintain the environmental effectiveness of the Kyoto Protocol,

emission savings from the CDM must be additional. Without additionality, the
CDM amounts to an income transfer to non-Annex I countries. Additionality
is, however, difficult to prove, and is the subject of vigorous debate.
Page No. 103 of 313

Burniaux et al., commented on the large transaction costs of establishing
additionality. Assessing additionality has created delays (bottlenecks) in
approving CDM projects. According to World Bank, there are significant
constraints to the continued growth of the CDM to support mitigation in
developing countries.
Incentives
The CDM rewards emissions reductions, but does not penalize emission
increases. It therefore comes close to being an emissions reduction subsidy.
This can create a perverse incentive for firms to raise their emissions in the
short-term, with the aim of getting credits for reducing emissions in the long-
term.
Another difficulty is that the CDM might reduce the incentive for non-Annex I
countries to cap their emissions. This is because most developing countries
benefit more from a well-functioning crediting mechanism than from a world
emissions trading scheme (ETS), where their emissions are capped. This is
true except in cases where the allocation of emissions rights (i.e., the
amount of emissions that each country is allowed to emit) in the ETS is
particularly favourable to developing countries.
Financial issues
With costs of emission reduction typically much lower in developing countries

than in industrialised countries, industrialised countries can comply with their
emission reduction targets at much lower cost by receiving credits for
emissions reduced in developing countries as long as administration costs are
low.
Page No. 104 of 313

The IPCC has projected GDP losses for OECD Europe with full use of CDM and
Joint Implementation to between 0.13 and 0.81% of GDP versus 0.31 to 1.50
Climate Change 2001 - Synthesis report.
While there would always be some cheap domestic emission reductions

available in Europe, the cost of switching from coal to gas could be in the
order of 40-50 per tonne CO2 equivalent. CERs from CDM projects were in
2006 traded on a forward basis for between 5 and 20 per tonne CO2
equivalent. The price depends on the distribution of risk between seller and
buyer. The seller could get a very good price if it agrees to bear the risk that
the project's baseline and monitoring methodology is rejected; that the host
country rejects the project; that the CDM Executive Board rejects the
project; that the project for some reason produces fewer credits than
planned; or that the buyer doesn't get CERs at the agreed time if the
international transaction log (the technical infrastructure ensuring
international transfer of carbon credits) is not in place by then. The seller can
usually only take these risks if the counterparty is deemed very reliable, as
rated by international rating agencies.
Mitigation finance
The revenues of the CDM constitutes the largest source of mitigation finance
to developing countries to date. Over the 2001 to 2012 period, CDM projects
could raise $18 billion ($15 billion to $24 billion) in direct carbon revenues
for developing countries. Actual revenues will depend on the price of carbon.
It is estimated that some $95 billion in clean energy investment benefitted
from the CDM over the 2002-08 period.
Page No. 105 of 313

Adaptation finance
The CDM is the main source of income for the UNFCCC Adaptation Fund,
which was established in 2007. The CDM is subject to a 2 percent levy, which
could raise between $300 million and $600 million over the 2008-12 period.
The actual amount raised will depend on the carbon price.
CDM projects to date
Since 2000, the CDM has allowed crediting of project-based emission

reductions in developing countries. By 1st January 2005, projects submitted
to the CDM amounted to less than 100 MtCO2e of projected savings by 2012.
The EU ETS started in January 2005, and the following month saw the Kyoto
Protocol enter into force. The EU ETS allowed firms to comply with their
commitments by buying offset credits, and thus created a perceived value to
projects. The Kyoto Protocol set the CDM on a firm legal footing.
Page No. 106 of 313

Companies and countries initially came forward with projects to reduce
industrial gases, notably hydrofluorocarbon-23 (HFC-23) and nitrous oxide
(N2O). Some concerns were raised about these projects (Carbon Trust, 2009,
p. 19). HFC-23 is a potent greenhouse gas (GHG) and is a by-product of
producing HCFC-22. The scale of the profits generated from CDM credits
could have made it profitable to build whole new facilities just for the value of
destroying the by-product (Carbon Trust, 2009, p. 60; see also the section
on Clean Development Mechanism Industrial gas projects). In response to
this, the CDM Executive Board revised crediting to reduce the risk of perverse
incentives.
Industrial gas projects, like those limiting HFC-23 emissions, are expected to
contribute 20% of the CDM reduction in emissions to 2012. By the end of
2008, over 4,000 CDM projects had been submitted for validation, and of
those, over 1,000 were registered at the CDM Executive Board, and were
therefore entitled to generate CERs. The initial reductions of industrial gas
projects included large contributions from South Korea and Brazil, which
were then followed by India and China.
As of 23 March 2010, 2099 projects have been registered by the CDM

Executive Board as CDM projects. IGES CDM Project Database These projects
reduce greenhouse gas emissions by an estimated 220 million ton CO2
equivalent per year. There are about 4,000 projects yet to be certified. These
projects would reduce CO2 emissions by over 2.5 billion tons until the end of
2012. However, the previous adoption rate suggests that only a fraction of
these projects will be certified.
Page No. 107 of 313

For comparison: The current emissions of the EU-15 are about 4.2 billion ton
CO2 equivalent per year A emissions information] European Environment
agency. The majority of CERs issued so far have been from HFC destruction
projects. However, there are only a limited number of such project sites
globally, of which most if not all have already been converted into projects.
The fastest-growing project types are renewable energy and energy
efficiency.
By 2012, the largest potential for production of CERs are estimated in China
(52% of total CERs) and India (16%). CERs produced in Latin America and
the Caribbean make up 15% of the potential total, with Brazil as the largest
producer in the region (7%).
Transportation
The BRT system in Bogota, TransMilenio, is the only public transport system
registered for CDM with the UNFCCC.
Destruction of HFC-23, a byproduct from the production of HCFC-22

refrigerant gas
Many CDM projects have been initiated around the world for the destruction
of HCFC-23. An example is that of a Plascon, Plasma arc plant that was
installed by Quimobsicos S.A. de C.V in Monterrey, Mexico to eliminate of
HCFC-23, a byproduct of the production of R-22 refrigerant gas.
Barriers
World Bank described a number of barriers to the use of the CDM in least
developed countries (LDCs). LDCs have experienced lower participation in the
CDM to date. Four CDM decisions were highlighted as having a
disproportionate negative impact on LDCs:
Page No. 108 of 313

Suppressed demand: Baseline calculations for LDCs are low, meaning
that projects cannot generate sufficient carbon finance to have an
impact.
Treatment of projects that replace non-renewable biomass: A decision
taken led to essentially a halving in the emission reduction potential of
these projects. This has particularly affected Sub-Saharan Africa and
projects in poor communities, where firewood, often from non-
renewable sources, is frequently used as a fuel for cooking and
heating.
Treatment of forestry projects and exclusion of agriculture under the
CDM: These sectors are more important for LDCs than for middle-
income countries. Credits from forestry projects are penalized under
the CDM, leading to depressed demand and price.
Transaction costs and CDM process requirements: These are geared
more towards the most advanced developing countries, and do not
work well for the projects most often found in LDCs.
Views on the CDM
One of the difficulties of the CDM is in judging whether or not projects truly
make additional savings in GHG emissions. The baseline which is used in
making this comparison is not observable. According to the Carbon Trust
(2009), some projects have been clearly additional: the fitting of equipment
to remove HFCs and N2O. Some low-carbon electricity supply projects were
also thought to have displaced coal-powered generation. Carbon Trust
(2009) reviewed some approved projects. In their view, some of these
projects had debatable points in their additionality assessments.
Page No. 109 of 313

They compared establishing additionality to the balance of evidence in a legal
system. Certainty in additionality is rare, and the higher the proof of
additionality, the greater the risk of rejecting good projects to reduce
emissions.
Additionality is a much contested. There are many rival interpretations of

additionality:
1. What is often labelled environmental additionality has that a project is

additional if the emissions from the project are lower than the
baseline. It generally looks at what would have happened without the
project.
2. Another interpretation, sometimes termed project additionality, the
project must not have happened without the CDM.
A number of terms for different kinds of additionality have been discussed,

leading to some confusion, particularly over the terms 'financial additionality'
and 'investment additionality' which are sometimes used as synonyms.
'Investment additionality', however, was a concept discussed and ultimately
rejected during negotiation of the Marrakech Accords. Investment
additionality carried the idea that any project that surpasses a certain risk-
adjusted profitability threshold would automatically be deemed non-
additional. 'Financial additionality' is often defined as an economically non-
viable project becoming viable as a direct result of CDM revenues.
Many investors argue that the environmental additionality interpretation

would make the CDM simpler. Environmental NGOs have argued that this
interpretation would open the CDM to free-riders, permitting developing
countries to emit more CO2e, while failing to produce emission reductions in
the CDM host countries.
Page No. 110 of 313

Schneider (2007) produced a report on the CDM for the WWF. The findings of
the report were based on a systematic evaluation of 93 randomly chosen
registered CDM projects, as well as interviews and a literature survey.
According to Schneider, the additionality of a significant number of projects
over the 2004-2007 period seemed to be either unlikely or questionable.
It is never possible to establish with certainty what would have happened

without the CDM or in absence of a particular project, which is one common
objection to the CDM. Nevertheless, official guidelines have been designed to
facilitate uniform assessment, set by the CDM Executive Board for assessing
additionality.
An argument against additionality is based on the fact that developing

countries are not subject to emission caps in the Kyoto Protocol. On these
basis, "business-as-usual" (BAU) emissions (i.e., emissions that would occur
without any efforts to reduce them) in developing countries should be
allowed. By setting a BAU baseline, this can be interpreted as being a target
for developing countries. Thus, it is, in effect, a restriction on their right to
emit without a cap. This can be used as an argument against having
additionality, in the sense that non-additional (i.e., emission reductions that
would have taken place under BAU) emission reductions should be credited.
Mller argued that compromise was necessary between having additionality

and not having it. In his view, additionality should sometimes be used, but
other times, it shouldn't.
Page No. 111 of 313

According to World Bank, additionality is crucial in maintaining the
environmental integrity of the carbon market. To maintain this integrity, it
was suggested that projects meeting or exceeding ambitious policy
objectives or technical standards could be deemed additional.
Concerns
The first commitment period of the Kyoto Protocol excluded forest

conservation/avoided deforestation from the CDM for a variety of political,
practical and ethical reasons. However, carbon emissions from deforestation
represent 18-25% of all emissions, and will account for more carbon
emissions in the next five years than all emissions from all aircraft since the
Wright Brothers until at least 2025. This means that there have been growing
calls for the inclusion of forests in CDM schemes for the second commitment
period from a variety of sectors, under the leadership of the Coalition for
Rainforest Nations, and brought together under the Forests Now Declaration,
which has been signed by over 300 NGOs, business leaders, and policy
makers. There is so far no international agreement about whether projects
avoiding deforestation or conserving forests should be initiated through
separate policies and measures or stimulated through the carbon market.
One major concern is the enormous monitoring effort needed in order to
make sure projects are indeed leading to increased carbon storage. There is
also local opposition. For example, May 2, 2008, at the United Nations
Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues (UNPFII), Indigenous leaders from
around the world protested against the Clean Energy Mechanisms, especially
against Reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation.
Page No. 112 of 313

Reasons for including avoided deforestation projects in the CDM
Combating global warming has broadly two components: decreasing the

release of greenhouse gases and sequestering greenhouse gases from the
atmosphere. Greenhouse gas emitters, such as coal-fired power plants, are
known as "sources", and places where carbon and other greenhouse gases,
such as methane, can be sequestered, i.e. kept out of the atmosphere, are
known as "sinks".
The world's forests, particularly rain forests, are important carbon sinks, both
because of their uptake of CO2 through photosynthesis and because of the
amount of carbon stored in their woody biomass and the soil. When rain
forests are logged and burned, not only do we lose the forests' capacity to
take up CO2 from the atmosphere, but also the carbon stored in that biomass
and soil is released into the atmosphere through release of roots from the
soil and the burning of the woody plant matter.
An emerging proposal, Reduced Emissions from Avoided Deforestation and

Degradation (REDD), would allow rain forest preservation to qualify for CDM
project status. REDD has gained support through recent meetings of the
COP, and will be examined at Copenhagen.
The risk of false credits
As the CDM is an alternative to domestic emission reductions, the perfectly

working CDM would produce no more and no less greenhouse gas emission
reductions than without use of the CDM.
Page No. 113 of 313

However, it was recognized from the beginning that if projects that would
have happened anyway are registered as CDM projects, then the net effect is
an increase of global emissions as those "spurious" credits will be used to
allow higher domestic emissions without reducing emissions in the
developing country hosting the CDM project. Spurious credits may also occur
because of overstated baselines. Such an inclusion is termed a "false
positive".
On the other hand, if a project is rejected because the criteria are set too
high, there will be missed opportunities for emission reductions. Such a
rejection is termed a "false negative". For example, if it costs $75 to remove
just one tonne from a domestic power station in a developed country, while
the same money would reduce 37.5 tonnes of emissions through a genuinely
additional and sustainable CDM project in China, the project in China would
be the more cost-effective option. Some observers report that the CDM
process is producing far more of these false negatives than false positives.
By February 2009, there were 1202 projects with capacity of 41,881 MW

(66% from China) had applied for credits.
Industrial gas projects
Some CERs are produced from CDM projects at refrigerant-producing

factories in non-Annex I countries that generate the powerful greenhouse gas
HFC 23 as a by-product. These projects dominated the CDM's early growth,
and are expected to generate 20% of all credited emission reductions by
2012. Paying for facilities to destroy HFC-23 can cost only 0.2-0.5 /tCO2.
Industrialized countries were, however, paying around 20 /tCO2 for
reductions that cost below 1 /tCO2. This provoked strong criticism.
Page No. 114 of 313

The scale of profits generated by HFC-23 projects threatened distortions in
competitiveness with plants in industrialized countries that had already
cleaned up their emissions. In an attempt to address concerns over HFC-23
projects, the CDM Executive Board made changes in how these projects are
credited. According to the Carbon Trust (2009, p. 60), these changes
effectively ensure that:
the potential to capture emissions from these plants is exploited;

distortions are reduced;
and the risk of perverse incentives is capped.
Critics of the CDM have stated that it would cost only 100 million to pay
producers to capture and destroy HFC 23 compared with 4.6 billion in CDM
credits, yielding what they believe are excessive profits to the sellers and
middlemen. Carbon Trust argued that criticizing the CDM for finding low-cost
reductions seemed perverse. They also argued that addressing the problem
with targeted funding was easy with hindsight, and that before the CDM,
these emission reduction opportunities were not taken.
Another argument in favour of the CDM is that in a well-functioning market,

rent is shared between buyer and seller, not held exclusively by one of the
parties to a transaction.
Hydropower
NGOs have criticized the inclusion of large hydropower projects, which they
consider unsustainable, as CDM projects. Lately, both the CDM EB and
investors have become concerned about such projects for potential lack of
additionality. One reason was that many of these projects had started well
before applying for CDM status.
Page No. 115 of 313

In June 2008, third party validator TV SD Group rejected a hydropower
project in China because the project proponents could not document that
they had seriously considered CDM at the time the project was started. In
July 2008, third party validators agreed that projects applying for CDM status
more than one year after having taken their investment decision should not
qualify for CDM status.
Hydropower projects larger than 20 MW must document that they follow

World Commission on Dams guidelines or similar guidelines in order to
qualify for the European Union's Emissions Trading Scheme. As of 21 July
2008, CERs from hydropower projects are not listed on European carbon
exchanges, because different member states interpret these limitations
differently.
Other concerns
Renewable energy
In the initial phase of the CDM, policy makers and NGOs were concerned
about the lack of renewable energy CDM projects. As the new CDM projects
are now predominantly renewables and energy efficiency projects, this is now
less of an issue.
Sinks
NGOs, as well as several governments, have consistently been sceptical

towards the inclusion of sinks as CDM projects. The main reasons were fear
of oversupply, that such projects cannot guarantee permanent storage of
carbon, and that the methods of accounting for carbon storage in biomass
are complex and still under development.
Page No. 116 of 313

Consequently, two separate carbon currencies (temporary CERs and long-
term CERs) were created for such projects. Such credits cannot be imported
to the European Union's Emission Trading Scheme. The lack of demand for
such projects have resulted in very limited supply: Currently, only one sinks
project has been registered under CDM.
Carbon capture and storage
Negotiators have not yet been able to agree on whether, or how, carbon
capture and storage projects should be allowed under the CDM.[citation needed]
Suggestions
In response to concerns of unsustainable projects or spurious credits, the

World Wide Fund for Nature and other NGOs devised a Gold Standard
methodology to certify projects that uses much stricter criteria than required,
such as allowing only renewable energy projects.
For example, a South African brick kiln was faced with a business decision;
replace its depleted energy supply with coal from a new mine, or build a
difficult but cleaner natural gas pipeline to another country. They chose to
build the pipeline with SASOL. SASOL claimed the difference in GHG
emissions as a CDM credit, comparing emissions from the pipeline to the
contemplated coal mine. During its approval process, the validators noted
that changing the supply from coal to gas met the CDM's 'additionality'
criteria and was the least cost-effective option. However, there were
unofficial reports that the fuel change was going to take place anyway,
although this was later denied by the company's press office.
Page No. 117 of 313

Successes
Schneider commented on the success of the CDM in reducing emissions from

industrial plants and landfills. Schneider concluded by stating that if concerns
over the CDM are properly addressed, it would continue to be an "important
instrument in the fight against climate change."
Page No. 118 of 313

CARBON CREDIT VALUES & REVENUES
A carbon credit is a generic term meaning that a value has been assigned
to a reduction or offset of greenhouse gas emissions. Carbon credits and
markets are key components of national and international attempts to
mitigate the growth in concentrations of greenhouse gases (GHGs). One
carbon credit is equal to one ton of carbon dioxide, or in some markets,
carbon dioxide equivalent gases. Carbon trading is an application of an
emissions trading approach. Greenhouse gas emissions are capped and then
markets are used to allocate the emissions among the group of regulated
sources. The goal is to allow market mechanisms to drive industrial and
commercial processes in the direction of low emissions or less carbon
intensive approaches than those used when there is no cost to emitting
carbon dioxide and other GHGs into the atmosphere. Since GHG mitigation
projects generate credits, this approach can be used to finance carbon
reduction schemes between trading partners and around the world.
There are also many companies that sell carbon credits to commercial and
individual customers who are interested in lowering their carbon footprint on
a voluntary basis. These carbon offsetters purchase the credits from an
investment fund or a carbon development company that has aggregated the
credits from individual projects. The quality of the credits is based in part on
the validation process and sophistication of the fund or development
company that acted as the sponsor to the carbon project. This is reflected in
their price; voluntary units typically have less value than the units sold
through the rigorously validated Clean Development Mechanism
Page No. 119 of 313

Background
Burning of fossil fuels is a major source of industrial greenhouse gas

emissions, especially for power, cement, steel, textile, fertilizer and many
other industries which rely on fossil fuels (coal, electricity derived from coal,
natural gas and oil). The major greenhouse gases emitted by these industries
are carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), etc,
all of which increase the atmosphere's ability to trap infrared energy and thus
affect the climate.
The concept of carbon credits came into existence as a result of increasing

awareness of the need for controlling emissions. The IPCC
(Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) has observed that:
Policies that provide a real or implicit price of carbon could create incentives
for producers and consumers to significantly invest in low-GHG products,
technologies and processes. Such policies could include economic
instruments, government funding and regulation,
while noting that a tradable permit system is one of the policy instruments
that has been shown to be environmentally effective in the industrial sector,
as long as there are reasonable levels of predictability over the initial
allocation mechanism and long-term price.
The mechanism was formalized in the Kyoto Protocol, an international

agreement between more than 170 countries, and the market mechanisms
were agreed through the subsequent Marrakesh Accords. The mechanism
adopted was similar to the successful US Acid Rain Program to reduce some
industrial pollutants.
Page No. 120 of 313

Emission allowances
Under the Kyoto Protocol, the 'caps' or quotas for Greenhouse gases for the
developed Annex 1 countries are known as Assigned Amounts and are
listed in Annex B. The quantity of the initial assigned amount is denominated
in individual units, called Assigned amount units (AAUs), each of which
represents an allowance to emit one metric tonne of carbon dioxide
equivalent, and these are entered into the country's national registry.
In turn, these countries set quotas on the emissions of installations run by

local business and other organizations, generically termed 'operators'.
Countries manage this through their national registries, which are required to
be validated and monitored for compliance by the UNFCCC. Each operator
has an allowance of credits, where each unit gives the owner the right to
emit one metric tonne of carbon dioxide or other equivalent greenhouse gas.
Operators that have not used up their quotas can sell their unused
allowances as carbon credits, while businesses that are about to exceed their
quotas can buy the extra allowances as credits, privately or on the open
market. As demand for energy grows over time, the total emissions must still
stay within the cap, but it allows industry some flexibility and predictability in
its planning to accommodate this.
By permitting allowances to be bought and sold, an operator can seek out

the most cost-effective way of reducing its emissions, either by investing in
'cleaner' machinery and practices or by purchasing emissions from another
operator who already has excess 'capacity'.
Page No. 121 of 313

Since 2005, the Kyoto mechanism has been adopted for CO2 trading by all
the countries within the European Union under its European Trading Scheme
(EU ETS) with the European Commission as its validating authority. From
2008, EU participants must link with the other developed countries who
ratified Annex I of the protocol, and trade the six most significant
anthropogenic greenhouse gases. In the United States, which has not ratified
Kyoto, and Australia, whose ratification came into force in March 2008,
similar schemes are being considered.
Kyoto's 'Flexible mechanisms'
A tradable credit can be an emissions allowance or an assigned amount unit

which was originally allocated or auctioned by the national administrators of
a Kyoto-compliant cap-and-trade scheme, or it can be an offset of emissions.
Such offsetting and mitigating activities can occur in any developing country
which has ratified the Kyoto Protocol, and has a national agreement in place
to validate its carbon project through one of the UNFCCC's approved
mechanisms. Once approved, these units are termed Certified Emission
Reductions, or CERs. The Protocol allows these projects to be constructed
and credited in advance of the Kyoto trading period.
The Kyoto Protocol provides for three mechanisms that enable countries or
operators in developed countries to acquire greenhouse gas reduction
credits:
Under Joint Implementation (JI) a developed country with relatively

high costs of domestic greenhouse reduction would set up a project in
another developed country.
Page No. 122 of 313

Under the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) a developed country
can 'sponsor' a greenhouse gas reduction project in a developing
country where the cost of greenhouse gas reduction project activities
is usually much lower, but the atmospheric effect is globally
equivalent. The developed country would be given credits for meeting
its emission reduction targets, while the developing country would
receive the capital investment and clean technology or beneficial
change in land use. However, geologists from Cass Business School
are sceptical on this program, arguing that the introduction of carbon
credits does little to encourage companies to reduce emissions and
instead allows the existence of 'carbon cowboys'.
Under International Emissions Trading (IET) countries can trade in the
international carbon credit market to cover their shortfall in Assigned
amount units. Countries with surplus units can sell them to countries
that are exceeding their emission targets under Annex B of the Kyoto
Protocol.
These carbon projects can be created by a national government or by an

operator within the country. In reality, most of the transactions are not
performed by national governments directly, but by operators who have been
set quotas by their country.
Emission markets
For trading purposes, one allowance or CER is considered equivalent to one

metric ton of CO2 emissions. These allowances can be sold privately or in the
international market at the prevailing market price. These trade and settle
internationally and hence allow allowances to be transferred between
countries. Each international transfer is validated by the UNFCCC. Each
transfer of ownership within the European Union is additionally validated by
the European Commission.
Page No. 123 of 313

Climate exchanges have been established to provide a spot market in
allowances, as well as futures and options market to help discover a market
price and maintain liquidity. Carbon prices are normally quoted in Euros per
tonne of carbon dioxide or its equivalent (CO2e). Other greenhouse gasses
can also be traded, but are quoted as standard multiples of carbon dioxide
with respect to their global warming potential. These features reduce the
quota's financial impact on business, while ensuring that the quotas are met
at a national and international level.
Currently there are five exchanges trading in carbon allowances: the Chicago
Climate Exchange, European Climate Exchange, Nord Pool, PowerNext and
the European Energy Exchange. Recently, NordPool listed a contract to trade
offsets generated by a CDM carbon project called Certified Emission
Reductions (CERs). Many companies now engage in emissions abatement,
offsetting, and sequestration programs to generate credits that can be sold
on one of the exchanges. At least one private electronic market has been
established in 2008: CantorCO2e.
Managing emissions is one of the fastest-growing segments in financial

services in the City of London with a market estimated to be worth about 30
billion in 2007. Louis Redshaw, head of environmental markets at Barclays
Capital predicts that "Carbon will be the world's biggest commodity market,
and it could become the world's biggest market overall."
Setting a market price for carbon
Unchecked, energy use and hence emission levels are predicted to keep
rising over time. Thus the number of companies needing to buy credits will
increase, and the rules of supply and demand will push up the market price,
encouraging more groups to undertake environmentally friendly activities
that create carbon credits to sell.
Page No. 124 of 313

An individual allowance, such as an Assigned amount unit (AAU) or its near-
equivalent European Union Allowance (EUA), may have a different market
value to an offset such as a CER. This is due to the lack of a developed
secondary market for CERs, a lack of homogeneity between projects which
causes difficulty in pricing, as well as questions due to the principle of
supplementarity and its lifetime. Additionally, offsets generated by a carbon
project under the Clean Development Mechanism are potentially limited in
value because operators in the EU ETS are restricted as to what percentage
of their allowance can be met through these flexible mechanisms.
Yale University economics professor William Nordhaus argues that the price
of carbon needs to be high enough to motivate the changes in behavior and
changes in economic production systems necessary to effectively limit
emissions of greenhouse gases.
Raising the price of carbon will achieve four goals. First, it will provide signals
to consumers about what goods and services are high-carbon ones and
should therefore be used more sparingly. Second, it will provide signals to
producers about which inputs use more carbon (such as coal and oil) and
which use less or none (such as natural gas or nuclear power), thereby
inducing firms to substitute low-carbon inputs. Third, it will give market
incentives for inventors and innovators to develop and introduce low-carbon
products and processes that can replace the current generation of
technologies.
Fourth, and most important, a high carbon price will economize on the
information that is required to do all three of these tasks. Through the
market mechanism, a high carbon price will raise the price of products
according to their carbon content.
Page No. 125 of 313

Ethical consumers today, hoping to minimize their carbon footprint, have
little chance of making an accurate calculation of the relative carbon use in,
say, driving 250 miles as compared with flying 250 miles. A harmonized
carbon tax would raise the price of a good proportionately to exactly the
amount of CO2 that is emitted in all the stages of production that are
involved in producing that good. If 0.01 of a ton of carbon emissions results
from the wheat growing and the milling and the trucking and the baking of a
loaf of bread, then a tax of $30 per ton carbon will raise the price of bread by
$0.30. The carbon footprint is automatically calculated by the price system.
Consumers would still not know how much of the price is due to carbon
emissions, but they could make their decisions confident that they are paying
for the social cost of their carbon footprint.
Nordhaus has suggested, based on the social cost of carbon emissions, that
an optimal price of carbon is around $30(US) per ton and will need to
increase with inflation.
The social cost of carbon is the additional damage caused by an additional

ton of carbon emissions. ... The optimal carbon price, or optimal carbon tax,
is the market price (or carbon tax) on carbon emissions that balances the
incremental costs of reducing carbon emissions with the incremental benefits
of reducing climate damages. If a country wished to impose a carbon tax of
$30 per ton of carbon, this would involve a tax on gasoline of about 9 cents
per gallon. Similarly, the tax on coal-generated electricity would be about 1
cent per kWh, or 10 percent of the current retail price. At current levels of
carbon emissions in the United States, a tax of $30 per ton of carbon would
generate $50 billion of revenue per year.
Page No. 126 of 313

How buying carbon credits can reduce emissions
Carbon credits create a market for reducing greenhouse emissions by giving

a monetary value to the cost of polluting the air. Emissions become an
internal cost of doing business and are visible on the balance sheet alongside
raw materials and other liabilities or assets.
For example, consider a business that owns a factory putting out 100,000
tonnes of greenhouse gas emissions in a year. Its government is an Annex I
country that enacts a law to limit the emissions that the business can
produce. So the factory is given a quota of say 80,000 tonnes per year. The
factory either reduces its emissions to 80,000 tonnes or is required to
purchase carbon credits to offset the excess. After costing up alternatives the
business may decide that it is uneconomical or infeasible to invest in new
machinery for that year. Instead it may choose to buy carbon credits on the
open market from organizations that have been approved as being able to
sell legitimate carbon credits.
We should consider the impact of manufacturing alternative energy sources.

For example, the energy consumed and the Carbon emitted in the
manufacture and transportation of a large wind turbine would prohibit a
credit being issued for a predetermined period of time.
One seller might be a company that will offer to offset emissions

through a project in the developing world, such as recovering methane
from a swine farm to feed a power station that previously would use
fossil fuel. So although the factory continues to emit gases, it would
pay another group to reduce the equivalent of 20,000 tonnes of carbon
dioxide emissions from the atmosphere for that year.
Page No. 127 of 313

Another seller may have already invested in new low-emission
machinery and have a surplus of allowances as a result. The factory
could make up for its emissions by buying 20,000 tonnes of allowances
from them. The cost of the seller's new machinery would be subsidized
by the sale of allowances. Both the buyer and the seller would submit
accounts for their emissions to prove that their allowances were met
correctly.
Credits versus taxes
Carbon credits and carbon taxes each have their advantages and
disadvantages. Credits were chosen by the signatories to the Kyoto Protocol
as an alternative to Carbon taxes. A criticism of tax-raising schemes is that
they are frequently not hypothecated, and so some or all of the taxation
raised by a government would be applied based on what the particular
nation's government deems most fitting. However, some would argue that
carbon trading is based around creating a lucrative artificial market, and,
handled by free market enterprises as it is, carbon trading is not necessarily
a focused or easily regulated solution.
By treating emissions as a market commodity some proponents insist it

becomes easier for businesses to understand and manage their activities,
while economists and traders can attempt to predict future pricing using
market theories. Thus the main advantages of a tradable carbon credit over a
carbon tax are argued to be:
the price may be more likely to be perceived as fair by those paying it.
Investors in credits may have more control over their own costs.
Page No. 128 of 313

the flexible mechanisms of the Kyoto Protocol help to ensure that all
investment goes into genuine sustainable carbon reduction schemes
through an internationally agreed validation process.
some proponents state that if correctly implemented a target level of
emission reductions may somehow be achieved with more certainty,
while under a tax the actual emissions might vary over time.
it may provide a framework for rewarding people or companies who
plant trees or otherwise meet standards exclusively recognized as
"green."
The advantages of a carbon tax are argued to be:
possibly less complex, expensive, and time-consuming to implement.

This advantage is especially great when applied to markets like
gasoline or home heating oil.
perhaps some reduced risk of certain types of cheating, though under
both credits and taxes, emissions must be verified.
reduced incentives for companies to delay efficiency improvements
prior to the establishment of the baseline if credits are distributed in
proportion to past emissions.
when credits are grandfathered, this puts new or growing companies
at a disadvantage relative to more established companies.
allows for more centralized handling of acquired gains
worth of carbon is stabilized by government regulation rather than
market fluctuations. Poor market conditions and weak investor interest
have a lessened impact on taxation as opposed to carbon trading.
Page No. 129 of 313

Creating real carbon credits
The principle of Supplementarity within the Kyoto Protocol means that

internal abatement of emissions should take precedence before a country
buys in carbon credits. However it also established the Clean Development
Mechanism as a Flexible Mechanism by which capped entities could develop
real, measurable, permanent emissions reductions voluntarily in sectors
outside the cap. Many criticisms of carbon credits stem from the fact that
establishing that an emission of CO2-equivalent greenhouse gas has truly
been reduced involves a complex process. This process has evolved as the
concept of a carbon project has been refined over the past 10 years.
The first step in determining whether or not a carbon project has legitimately
led to the reduction of real, measurable, permanent emissions is
understanding the CDM methodology process. This is the process by which
project sponsors submit, through a Designated Operational Entity (DOE),
their concepts for emissions reduction creation. The CDM Executive Board,
with the CDM Methodology Panel and their expert advisors, review each
project and decide how and if they do indeed result in reductions that are
additional
Additionality and its importance
It is also important for any carbon credit (offset) to prove a concept called
additionality. The concept of additionality addresses the question of whether
the project would have happened anyway, even in the absence of revenue
from carbon credits. Only carbon credits from projects that are "additional to"
the business-as-usual scenario represent a net environmental benefit.
Page No. 130 of 313

Carbon projects that yield strong financial returns even in the absence of
revenue from carbon credits; or that are compelled by regulations; or that
represent common practice in an industry are usually not considered
additional, although a full determination of additionality requires specialist
review.
It is generally agreed that voluntary carbon offset projects must also prove
additionality in order to ensure the legitimacy of the environmental
stewardship claims resulting from the retirement of the carbon credit
(offset). According the World Resources Institute/World Business Council for
Sustainable Development (WRI/WBCSD): "GHG emission trading programs
operate by capping the emissions of a fixed number of individual facilities or
sources. Under these programs, tradable 'offset credits' are issued for
project-based GHG reductions that occur at sources not covered by the
program. Each offset credit allows facilities whose emissions are capped to
emit more, in direct proportion to the GHG reductions represented by the
credit. The idea is to achieve a zero net increase in GHG emissions, because
each tonne of increased emissions is 'offset' by project-based GHG
reductions. The difficulty is that many projects that reduce GHG emissions
(relative to historical levels) would happen regardless of the existence of a
GHG program and without any concern for climate change mitigation. If a
project 'would have happened anyway,' then issuing offset credits for its GHG
reductions will actually allow a positive net increase in GHG emissions,
undermining the emissions target of the GHG program. Additionality is thus
critical to the success and integrity of GHG programs that recognize project-
based GHG reductions."
Page No. 131 of 313

Criticisms
Environmental restrictions and activities have been imposed on businesses

through regulation. Many are uneasy with this approach to managing
emissions.
The Kyoto mechanism is the only internationally agreed mechanism for

regulating carbon credit activities, and, crucially, includes checks for
additionality and overall effectiveness. Its supporting organisation, the
UNFCCC, is the only organisation with a global mandate on the overall
effectiveness of emission control systems, although enforcement of decisions
relies on national co-operation. The Kyoto trading period only applies for five
years between 2008 and 2012. The first phase of the EU ETS system started
before then, and is expected to continue in a third phase afterwards, and
may co-ordinate with whatever is internationally agreed at but there is
general uncertainty as to what will be agreed in Post-Kyoto Protocol
negotiations on greenhouse gas emissions. As business investment often
operates over decades, this adds risk and uncertainty to their plans. As
several countries responsible for a large proportion of global emissions
(notably USA, Australia, China) have avoided mandatory caps, this also
means that businesses in capped countries may perceive themselves to be
working at a competitive disadvantage against those in uncapped countries
as they are now paying for their carbon costs directly.
A key concept behind the cap and trade system is that national quotas should
be chosen to represent genuine and meaningful reductions in national output
of emissions. Not only does this ensure that overall emissions are reduced
but also that the costs of emissions trading are carried fairly across all
parties to the trading system.
Page No. 132 of 313

However, governments of capped countries may seek to unilaterally weaken
their commitments, as evidenced by the 2006 and 2007 National Allocation
Plans for several countries in the EU ETS, which were submitted late and
then were initially rejected by the European Commission for being too lax.
A question has been raised over the grandfathering of allowances. Countries

within the EU ETS have granted their incumbent businesses most or all of
their allowances for free. This can sometimes be perceived as a protectionist
obstacle to new entrants into their markets. There have also been
accusations of power generators getting a 'windfall' profit by passing on
these emissions 'charges' to their customers. As the EU ETS moves into its
second phase and joins up with Kyoto, it seems likely that these problems
will be reduced as more allowances will be auctioned.
Establishing a meaningful offset project is complex: voluntary offsetting

activities outside the CDM mechanism are effectively unregulated and there
have been criticisms of offsetting in these unregulated activities. This
particularly applies to some voluntary corporate schemes in uncapped
countries and for some personal carbon offsetting schemes.
There have also been concerns raised over the validation of CDM credits. One
concern is related to the accurate assessment of additionality. Others relate
to the effort and time taken to get a project approved. Questions may also
be raised about the validation of the effectiveness of some projects; it
appears that many projects do not achieve the expected benefit after they
have been audited, and the CDM board can only approve a lower amount of
CER credits. For example, it may take longer to roll out a project than
originally planned, or an afforestation project may be reduced by disease or
fire. For these reasons some countries place additional restrictions on their
local implementations and will not allow credits for some types of carbon sink
activity, such as forestry or land use projects.
Page No. 133 of 313

SALIENT FEATURES
Page No. 134 of 313

SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
1. PROJECT PROMOTERS VMS Minerals Pvt Ltd.
Project location Bagalkot, Karnataka
Distance from District 35Kms

Headquarters
Access by Road Available
Access by Rail Available
Access by Air Available
Site selection Site identified and suitability

confirmed
Telecommunication Available
Proposed technology Solar PV
Design consultant To be Identified
Plant capacity 10.0 MW
Land area required 55 acres
Land characteristics
Geographical Location of the site
Irradiation details considered Bangalore, Goa, Pune.
Type of module mounting Dual Axis, Tracker mounted

structure
Type of PV Modules considered for Crystalline Silicon.

the offer
Capacity of each PV Module 240W
Page No. 135 of 313

Inverter Capacity 250KWA
Projected Energy generation per As per Schedule

year
Project implementation period 15 months from date of approval.
Estimated project cost Rs 91.81 Crores
Design Optimisation Software ECOTECH

used
Agreement with supplier To be signed
Financial closure On approval of the project

promoters will approach banks for
loan. Equity share capital is
readily available.
Page No. 136 of 313

TERMINOLOGY
Direct solar radiation It is the solar radiation propagating
along the line joining the receiving
surface and the sun. It is also
referred as beam radiation. It is
measured through pyrehiliometer.
Diffuse solar radiation It is the solar radiation scattered by

aerosols, dust and molecules. It
does not have a unique direction
and also dose not follows the
fundamental principals of optics. It
is measured by shading
pyrenometer.
Global solar radiation The global solar radiation is the sum

of the direct and diffuse solar
radiation and is sometimes referred
to as the global radiation. The most
common measurements of solar
radiation are total radiation on a
horizontal surface often referred to
as global radiation on the surface.
It is measured by pyrenometer.
Irradiance Irradiance is the rate at which

radiant energy is incident on a
surface, per unit area of surface.
Direct Normal Insolation (DNI) It is the direct component of the

solar radiation incident on normal to
the collector; means the angle of
incidence of incident solar radiation
with the normal of the collector is
zero throughout the day.
Page No. 137 of 313

SWOT ANALYSIS
Page No. 138 of 313

Strength
Among the various renewable energies, electricity generation from solar

energy has the highest power density i.e.170 W/[m.sup.2].
During use solar energy doesn't create any pollution.
The system can operate with negligible maintenance after initial setup.
Tropical oceans absorb 560 trillion Gigajoules (GJ) of solar energy each
year, equivalent to 1,600 times the world's annual energy use.
Electricity generation from solar energy is economically feasible where
grid connection or fuel transport is difficult, costly or impossible.
When grid-connected, electricity generation from solar energy can give
substitute to the highest cost electricity during peak demand times in
most climatic regions, it can reduce grid loading, and can also eliminate
the need for local battery power and fulfill high local demand;
To minimize transmission and distribution losses approximately 7.2%.

Grid connected solar power can be used locally.
Once the initial capital cost of installing a solar power plant has been
invested, maintenance costs are low compared to existing electricity
generation technologies.
The team has sufficient experience and skills to operate business.
Owner is knowledgeable in business management
Business is established in high growth industry
Use of proven technology with low operation and maintenance.
The technology is easily scalable.
Vailability of soft loans and government incentives
Carbon Credit accumulations & earnings thereof.
Falling in line with the reduction of Global warming Issues.
Lower time frame to construct & connect to Grid.
Page No. 139 of 313

Weakness
Solar electricity is currently more expensive than electricity generated by

other technologies.
Solar energy and electricity are not available at night and it can be
unavailable due to weather conditions and hence, a storage or
complementary power system is required for most applications especially
in non sunny days.
Solar resource has limited power density: Average daily insolation is 3-7
kW*h/[m.sup.2].
Solar panel consumes lot of space

Recycling of the production end waste is still under development stage.
Need to keep up with the regulatory changes
Systems have high capital & transaction cost.
Photovoltaic modules produce direct current (DC) electricity only: an
inverter must be added to the system to run alternating current (AC)
devices.
The cost of solar panels and related equipment is a variable and can
increase due to production bottlenecks.
Regular needs assessments are not done.
Page No. 140 of 313

Opportunity
The 89 petawatts of sunlight energy reaches the earth's surface which is

very large compared to the 15 terawatts of average energy utilized by
human beings.
There is adequate amount of solar-derived energy on Earth. The quantity
of solar energy received by the Earth every minute is greater than the
quantity of energy the world uses in fossil fuels each year.
Pollution control techniques are enough to manage the emissions and
wastes. End-of-use recycling technologies are also being developed for a
better cause.
Such application is favored by net metering. Use of net metering can be
highly favorable to small photovoltaic systems.
Companies are offering more reasonably priced options, as they wants to
make solar home energy affordable and available to wide range of the
public.
Local and state governments are supporting to help offset high costs with
subsidies, tax breaks, and tax credits.
Increasing demand for the services.

Qualified consultants are available and have expressed interest in
monitoring and evaluation of business.
Sunlight is available in predictable & sufficient quantities.
The sound political, commercial & social setting of our country has and
instilled a confidence in suppliers, investors, lenders and insurers.
Network with professionals in the industry to be on the look out for
opportunities as the business is new and in a disruptive area
Can be set up in remote locations, where the land prices are lower.
Page No. 141 of 313

Threats
Adverse space weather is one of the principal threats to modern solar

electricity generation technologies.
Solar cells produce DC power which must be converted to AC power by
using a grid tie inverter when used in distribution grids. This may incur an
energy loss of 4-12%.
High-speed solar wind streams often leads to damage disturbances within
the earth's magnetosphere, in the atmosphere
High-energy particles can damage satellite solar power panels, confuse
optical trackers, and harmful charges is deposited into sensitive electronic
components.
Someone who is financially strong may enter the industry.
Off-Peak Seasons (Rain) reduce cash flow.
Batteries can contain hazardous materials and a means for careful
recycling or disposal should be included in the long term plan & funding
scenario.
Need to keep up with technology so that products or services dont

become obsolete
Due to heavy subsidies, new plants will come up & more competitions.
New technology plants can make the old plants less productive.
Government support / subsidies may come down. Any policy changes in
lowering the rebates can affect the profitability.
Page No. 142 of 313

Solar radiation resources
assessment
Page No. 143 of 313

Preamble
India is located in the sunny belt of the earth, thereby receiving abundant
radiant energy from the sun. Its equivalent energy potential is about 6,000
million GWh of energy per year. India being a tropical country is blessed with
good sunshine over most parts, and the number of clear sunny days in a
year also being quite high. India is in the sunny belt of the world. The
country receives solar energy equivalent to more than 5,000 trillion kWh per
year. The daily average global radiation is around 5 .0 kWh/m2 in north-
eastern and hilly areas to about 7.0 kWh/m2 in western regions and cold
dessert areas with the sunshine hours ranging between 2300 and 3200 per
year. In most parts of India, clear sunny weather is experienced for 250 to
300 days a year. The annual global radiation varies from 1600 to 2200
kWh/m2. The direct normal insolation1 (DNI) over Rajasthan varies from
1800 kWh/m2 to 2600 kWh/m2.
This chapter covers the detailed-feasibility of solar radiation resource

assessment and Direct Normal Insolation (DNI) study for Bangalore,
Karnataka, Panjim, Goa and Pun, Maharashtra.
Page No. 144 of 313

Rajasthan
Jhunjhunu district or Jhunjhunun district is a district of the state of Rajasthan

in western India. The town of Jhunjhunu is the district headquarters.
The district has a population of 1,913,099 (2001 census), an area of

5928 km, and a population density of 323 persons per km. The district falls
within Shekhawati region, and is bounded on the northeast and east by
Haryana state, on the southeast, south, and southwest by Sikar District, and
on the northwest and north by Churu District.
Most of the part of the district is semi-desert. The Aravali ranges are
embracing the south-eastern part of the District. The huge and magnanimous
copper fields are lying in the bowl of these ranges in Singhana and Khetri
suburbs.
Weather Chart Rajasthan

Month Min C Max C Rain (mm)
Jan 7.8 22.5 7.9
Feb 10.7 25.7 11.7
Mar 15.8 31.5 6.1
Apr 21.4 37.0 4.1
May 25.4 40.3 16.2
June 27.2 39.3 66.0
July 25.5 33.9 216.3
Aug 24.3 32.0 231.2
Sept 22.9 33.2 80.3
Oct 18.6 33.4 22.6
Nov 13.1 29.0 3.2
Dec 9.1 24.4 3.3
Page No. 145 of 313

Mean Monthly Global Solar Radiant Exposure (MJm-2) Over India
Minicoy 17.77 20.20 21.79 21.38 18.19 16.01 16.49 17.60 18.33 18.01 16.69 16.59 18.34
Port Blair 18.44 21.06 21.22 20.75 15.76 13.94 13.77 14.50 15.48 16.14 16.74 17.09 17.27
Bangalore 20.42 23.35 23.70 23.64 22.88 17.72 16.71 16.16 18.89 18.42 17.45 17.35 19.70
Chennai 17.62 21.07 23.45 23.76 22.54 20.59 19.00 18.73 19.41 16.41 14.39 14.96 19.34
Goa 19.88 22.40 23.55 24.22 23.64 16.67 14.78 15.86 19.40 19.53 19.16 18.61 20.00
Hyderabad
Solar radiation over India
19.64 22.03 24.22 24.87 23.87 20.13 18.50 17.56 19.77 18.67 18.07 17.96 20.34
Visakhaptnam 17.42 20.01 21.82 22.99 22.18 17.49 16.02 16.35 17.06 17.62 16.40 16.32 18.51
Pune 17.29 20.58 23.11 24.49 25.18 19.32 16.10 15.68 18.73 19.25 17.64 16.45 19.51
Mumbai 16.57 19.49 22.24 23.82 23.36 17.49 13.45 14.52 16.35 18.01 16.60 15.46 18.25
Nagpur 16.15 19.21 21.93 23.95 23.59 18.85 14.81 14.78 17.54 18.66 16.36 15.38 18.34
Bhavnagar 17.92 20.92 24.16 26.23 26.54 22.31 16.28 16.16 19.91 21.06 18.33 16.55 20.99
Kolkata 13.53 15.68 18.99 21.06 20.64 17.17 15.09 15.57 14.90 15.27 13.85 12.68 16.17

Ahmedabad 16.34 19.57 22.85 25.03 25.18 21.67 15.52 15.50 18.63 18.92 16.74 15.23 19.30
Bhopal 15.80 18.72 22.46 25.34 24.31 19.92 14.42 13.69 18.73 19.17 17.02 16.48 18.65
Ranchi 15.63 17.69 20.82 22.21 21.19 16.75 14.50 13.89 14.90 15.76 15.34 14.68 16.39
Varanasi 12.91 17.15 20.92 23.12 23.03 20.87 15.67 17.29 16.35 17.16 14.47 12.15 17.68
Shillong 14.11 16.67 19.27 21.13 18.41 16.42 16.06 14.93 14.03 15.18 15.63 14.43 16.27
Patna 13.01 17.00 20.94 22.86 22.66 20.27 15.72 16.71 16.39 16.73 14.71 11.87 17.25
Jodhpur 15.53 18.20 21.76 24.24 25.10 23.58 19.67 19.51 21.06 19.11 16.17 14.84 19.97
Jaipur 15.30 18.02 22.00 25.50 26.11 23.94 18.48 17.60 19.62 18.17 15.40 13.47 19.42
NewDelhi 13.32 16.42 20.64 24.07 24.43 22.54 19.07 17.79 18.90 16.80 14.13 11.93 18.25
Srinagar 4.77 9.77 14.25 18.24 20.25 22.26 20.16 18.75 18.22 13.89 9.24 6.99 15.40
Page No. 146 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.08 0.67 1.50 2.21 2.71 2.94 2.91 2.65 2.16 1.52 0.76 0.12 0.00
February 0.00 0.17 0.92 1.81 2.52 3.00 3.22 3.17 2.91 2.39 1.68 0.88 0.18 0.00
March 0.00 0.22 1.01 1.88 2.60 3.07 3.31 3.28 2.98 2.48 1.79 0.96 0.23 0.00
April 0.00 0.29 1.08 1.92 2.61 3.09 3.29 3.20 2.89 2.38 1.70 0.95 0.26 0.00
May 0.01 0.31 1.03 1.86 2.49 2.95 3.13 3.08 2.79 2.23 1.60 0.94 0.30 0.01
June 0.01 0.27 0.80 1.42 1.94 2.25 2.45 2.44 2.26 1.84 1.33 0.77 0.28 0.02
July 0.01 0.25 0.76 1.34 1.73 2.03 2.14 2.11 2.06 1.68 1.17 0.72 0.25 0.01
August 0.01 0.21 0.68 1.25 1.72 1.98 2.13 2.19 2.02 1.69 1.21 0.69 0.22 0.01
September 0.00 0.19 0.76 1.45 2.10 2.51 2.65 2.58 2.30 1.97 1.40 0.75 0.23 0.01
October 0.00 0.12 0.66 1.30 1.93 2.33 2.50 2.45 2.24 1.82 1.29 0.68 0.15 0.00
November 0.00 0.09 0.61 1.33 1.90 2.31 2.45 2.46 2.19 1.81 1.27 0.61 0.11 0.00
December 0.00 0.06 0.54 1.26 1.94 2.34 2.50 2.46 2.29 1.84 1.28 0.61 0.09 0.00
Page No. 147 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.08 0.67 1.50 2.21 2.71 2.94 2.91 2.65 2.16 1.52 0.76 0.12 0.00
February 0.00 0.17 0.92 1.81 2.52 3.00 3.22 3.17 2.91 2.39 1.68 0.88 0.18 0.00
March 0.00 0.22 1.01 1.88 2.60 3.07 3.31 3.28 2.98 2.48 1.79 0.96 0.23 0.00
April 0.00 0.29 1.08 1.92 2.61 3.09 3.29 3.20 2.89 2.38 1.70 0.95 0.26 0.00
May 0.01 0.31 1.03 1.86 2.49 2.95 3.13 3.08 2.79 2.23 1.60 0.94 0.30 0.01
June 0.01 0.27 0.80 1.42 1.94 2.25 2.45 2.44 2.26 1.84 1.33 0.77 0.28 0.02
July 0.01 0.25 0.76 1.34 1.73 2.03 2.14 2.11 2.06 1.68 1.17 0.72 0.25 0.01
August 0.01 0.21 0.68 1.25 1.72 1.98 2.13 2.19 2.02 1.69 1.21 0.69 0.22 0.01
September 0.00 0.19 0.76 1.45 2.10 2.51 2.65 2.58 2.30 1.97 1.40 0.75 0.23 0.01
October 0.00 0.12 0.66 1.30 1.93 2.33 2.50 2.45 2.24 1.82 1.29 0.68 0.15 0.00
November 0.00 0.09 0.61 1.33 1.90 2.31 2.45 2.46 2.19 1.81 1.27 0.61 0.11 0.00
December 0.00 0.06 0.54 1.26 1.94 2.34 2.50 2.46 2.29 1.84 1.28 0.61 0.09 0.00
Page No. 148 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.06 0.30 0.50 0.59 0.66 0.70 0.71 0.67 0.61 0.48 0.31 0.07 0.00
February 0.00 0.09 0.31 0.41 0.48 0.55 0.59 0.62 0.59 0.55 0.46 0.32 0.10 0.00
March 0.00 0.12 0.36 0.52 0.62 0.68 0.73 0.75 0.74 0.68 0.56 0.39 0.13 0.00
April 0.00 0.18 0.45 0.64 0.74 0.82 0.88 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.65 0.43 0.16 0.00
May 0.01 0.21 0.50 0.73 0.87 0.95 1.03 1.01 0.99 0.91 0.74 0.51 0.21 0.01
June 0.01 0.19 0.54 0.86 1.10 1.31 1.40 1.37 1.28 1.05 0.81 0.51 0.20 0.01
July 0.01 0.19 0.55 0.87 1.10 1.31 1.41 1.36 1.28 1.10 0.83 0.50 0.19 0.01
August 0.00 0.16 0.52 0.88 1.16 1.38 1.49 1.51 1.38 1.17 0.85 0.50 0.17 0.00
September 0.00 0.14 0.51 0.84 1.10 1.26 1.35 1.33 1.21 1.05 0.79 0.49 0.16 0.00
October 0.00 0.07 0.38 0.69 0.92 1.06 1.13 1.13 1.06 0.90 0.68 0.40 0.09 0.00
November 0.00 0.06 0.31 0.56 0.74 0.88 0.95 0.98 0.93 0.79 0.59 0.32 0.07 0.00
December 0.00 0.04 0.30 0.53 0.62 0.71 0.82 0.81 0.77 0.67 0.50 0.29 0.05 0.00
Page No. 149 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.07 0.23 0.39 0.48 0.54 0.57 0.56 0.56 0.54 0.43 0.30 0.08 0.00
February 0.01 0.08 0.26 0.35 0.41 0.46 0.50 0.52 0.50 0.46 0.39 0.28 0.09 0.00
March 0.01 0.12 0.33 0.44 0.54 0.60 0.64 0.67 0.66 0.61 0.52 0.37 0.13 0.01
April 0.02 0.17 0.41 0.54 0.61 0.69 0.77 0.80 0.79 0.73 0.63 0.43 0.16 0.01
May 0.02 0.22 0.47 0.58 0.65 0.77 0.86 0.86 0.88 0.83 0.68 0.49 0.20 0.01
June 0.01 0.16 0.28 0.36 0.38 0.41 0.65 0.54 0.62 0.56 0.31 0.30 0.22 0.02
July 0.01 0.25 0.50 0.57 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.99 1.14 1.04 0.76 0.56 0.25 0.02
August 0.00 0.28 0.48 0.67 0.76 0.75 0.81 0.82 0.75 0.81 0.78 0.58 0.25 0.00
September 0.00 0.17 0.44 0.52 0.63 0.86 1.08 1.11 0.98 0.93 0.83 0.55 0.16 0.00
October 0.00 0.06 0.25 0.40 0.54 0.59 0.74 0.88 0.94 0.83 0.68 0.39 0.09 0.00
November 0.00 0.05 0.21 0.28 0.38 0.42 0.47 0.56 0.53 0.47 0.41 0.28 0.06 0.00
December 0.01 0.05 0.24 0.33 0.38 0.43 0.52 0.58 0.56 0.49 0.41 0.27 0.06 0.01
Page No. 150 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Bangalore
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun

Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far
0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.90
4.01-6.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90
6.01-8.00 0.40 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 0.70 0.00 0.90
8.01-10.00 0.00 1.30 1.30 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 5.20 6.00
10.01-12.00 1.80 3.10 0.00 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.70 1.40 4.30 10.30
12.01-14.00 4.00 7.20 0.00 1.30 1.10 1.10 0.00 0.00 0.70 2.10 4.30 14.70
14.01-16.00 6.70 13.90 1.30 2.60 1.10 2.20 2.50 2.50 2.10 4.20 19.00 33.60
16.01-18.00 8.10 22.00 3.80 6.40 1.10 3.30 4.30 6.80 3.50 7.70 22.40 56.00
18.01-20.00 13.90 35.90 6.40 12.80 10.90 14.20 5.00 11.80 6.30 14.00 9.50 65.50
20.01-22.00 25.10 61.00 12.80 25.60 8.20 22.40 11.80 23.60 18.90 32.90 17.20 82.80
22.01-24.00 20.60 81.60 23.70 49.40 17.50 39.90 26.70 50.30 24.50 57.30 11.20 94.00
24.01-26.00 16.10 97.80 32.10 81.40 40.40 80.30 32.30 82.60 32.20 89.50 4.30 98.30
26.01-28.00 1.80 99.60 17.90 99.40 18.60 98.90 14.90 97.50 7.00 96.50 1.70 100.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 99.60 0.60 100.00 1.10 100.00 0.60 98.10 3.50 100.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 99.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.60 98.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.40 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 151 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Bangalore
Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 0.80 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.40
4.01-6.00 0.80 1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 1.60 2.10 0.90 1.30
6.01-8.00 0.80 2.30 3.00 3.00 0.70 0.70 0.50 1.10 3.70 5.80 2.60 3.80
8.01-10.00 3.80 6.20 6.00 8.90 0.70 1.40 4.80 5.80 3.70 9.40 8.50 12.40
10.01-12.00 8.50 14.60 6.00 14.90 1.40 2.80 4.20 10.10 2.60 12.00 3.40 15.80
12.01-14.00 13.80 28.50 12.50 27.40 9.80 12.60 7.90 18.00 8.40 20.40 6.80 22.60
14.01-16.00 9.20 37.70 22.60 50.00 14.00 26.60 10.10 28.00 13.10 33.50 5.60 28.20
16.01-18.00 20.00 57.70 16.70 66.70 14.70 41.30 14.30 42.30 16.20 49.70 16.20 44.40
18.01-20.00 18.50 76.20 13.10 79.80 19.60 60.80 15.90 58.20 16.80 66.50 18.80 63.20
20.01-22.00 16.20 92.30 12.50 92.30 12.60 73.40 16.90 75.10 14.10 80.60 24.80 88.00
22.01-24.00 6.20 98.50 6.00 98.20 14.00 87.40 15.90 91.00 15.70 96.30 11.50 99.60
24.01-26.00 1.50 100.00 0.60 98.80 7.70 95.10 7.40 98.40 3.70 100.00 0.40 100.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 100.00 4.90 100.00 1.60 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 152 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Bangalore

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 2.90 2.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 37.80 37.80 36.80 39.70 8.40 8.40 0.80 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
4.01-6.00 23.40 61.30 37.50 77.20 45.40 53.80 23.50 24.40 12.70 12.70 3.30 3.30
6.01-8.00 16.20 77.50 16.90 94.10 30.30 84.00 42.00 66.40 34.50 47.30 6.70 10.00
8.01-10.00 17.10 94.60 5.90 100.00 11.80 95.80 21.80 88.20 25.50 72.70 23.30 33.30
10.01-12.00 5.40 100.00 0.00 0.00 3.40 99.20 8.40 96.60 16.40 89.10 33.30 66.70
12.01-14.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 100.00 3.40 100.00 8.20 97.30 28.30 95.00
14.01-16.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.70 100.00 5.00 100.00
16.01-18.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
18.01-20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 153 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Bangalore

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 0.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 1.30 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.50 4.30 17.60 17.60 23.20 23.20
4.01-6.00 1.30 2.60 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.80 14.80 19.10 13.40 31.10 24.00 47.20
6.01-8.00 3.80 6.40 4.30 4.30 12.40 13.20 21.70 40.90 29.40 60.50 27.20 74.40
8.01-10.00 29.50 35.90 22.60 27.00 29.80 43.00 32.20 73.00 28.60 89.10 22.40 96.80
10.01-12.00 38.50 74.40 42.60 69.60 37.20 80.20 19.10 92.20 8.40 97.50 3.20 100.00
12.01-14.00 24.40 98.70 25.20 94.80 17.40 97.50 7.80 100.00 2.50 100.00 0.00 0.00
14.01-16.00 1.30 100.00 5.20 100.00 2.50 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
16.01-18.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
18.01-20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 154 of 313

Ratio of hourly diffuse to global solar radiation exposures at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
January 0.75 0.45 0.33 0.27 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.41 0.58
February 0.53 0.34 0.23 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.20 0.20 0.23 0.27 0.36 0.56
March 0.55 0.36 0.28 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.31 0.41 0.57
April 0.62 0.42 0.33 0.28 0.27 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.38 0.45 0.62
May 0.68 0.49 0.39 0.35 0.32 0.33 0.33 0.35 0.41 0.46 0.54 0.70
June 0.70 0.68 0.61 0.57 0.58 0.57 0.56 0.57 0.57 0.61 0.66 0.71
July 0.76 0.72 0.65 0.64 0.65 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.65 0.71 0.69 0.76
August 0.76 0.76 0.70 0.67 0.70 0.70 0.69 0.68 0.69 0.70 0.72 0.77
September 0.74 0.67 0.58 0.52 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.53 0.56 0.65 0.70
October 0.58 0.58 0.53 0.48 0.45 0.45 0.46 0.47 0.49 0.53 0.59 0.60
November 0.67 0.51 0.42 0.39 0.38 0.39 0.40 0.42 0.44 0.46 0.52 0.64
December 0.67 0.56 0.42 0.32 0.30 0.33 0.33 0.34 0.36 0.39 0.48 0.56
Page No. 155 of 313

Ratio of hourly diffuse to global solar radiant exposures on cloudless days at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
January 0.58 0.28 0.23 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.37 0.53
February 0.44 0.26 0.19 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.22 0.29 0.47
March 0.48 0.30 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.36 0.52
April 0.53 0.35 0.26 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.34 0.41 0.53
May 0.61 0.39 0.28 0.24 0.25 0.26 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.38 0.44 0.53
June 0.41 0.28 0.22 0.16 0.15 0.20 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.16 0.27 0.58
July 0.68 0.45 0.31 0.26 0.23 0.24 0.39 0.50 0.49 0.46 0.47 0.47
August 1.00 0.47 0.37 0.31 0.27 0.29 0.28 0.30 0.33 0.53 0.60 0.93
September 0.55 0.39 0.27 0.24 0.28 0.35 0.34 0.34 0.39 0.46 0.57 0.52
October 0.32 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.24 0.29 0.34 0.37 0.41 0.42 0.45
November 0.42 0.25 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.27 0.36 0.46
December 0.56 0.34 0.21 0.17 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.23 0.29 0.40 0.67
Page No. 156 of 313

Hourly direct solar irradiation (MJm-2) at Bangalore
Hrs => 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
January 0.00 0.01 0.30 1.42 2.04 2.20 2.22 2.15 2.06 1.93 1.52 1.03 0.19
February 0.00 0.04 0.95 1.78 2.12 2.23 2.11 2.24 2.11 1.70 1.54 1.10 0.23
March 0.00 0.17 0.94 1.46 2.00 2.31 2.36 2.24 2.15 2.06 1.72 1.18 0.32
April 0.00 0.10 0.73 1.50 1.85 2.07 1.96 2.07 1.89 1.60 1.43 0.88 0.26
May 0.00 0.00 0.32 0.94 1.73 1.81 1.87 2.02 1.81 1.53 1.10 0.74 0.19
June 0.00 0.02 0.09 0.40 0.64 0.60 0.68 0.63 0.72 0.63 0.49 0.27 0.07
July 0.00 0.01 0.05 0.24 0.39 0.45 0.33 0.39 0.42 0.37 0.24 0.18 0.04
August 0.00 0.02 0.08 0.16 0.35 0.29 0.28 0.32 0.39 0.34 0.27 0.16 0.05
September 0.00 0.01 0.05 0.21 0.73 0.86 0.99 0.87 0.83 0.61 0.58 0.25 0.05
October 0.00 0.01 0.08 0.17 0.70 0.95 0.79 0.84 0.84 0.76 0.50 0.34 0.06
November 0.00 0.01 0.10 0.33 0.85 0.88 0.98 0.95 0.81 0.88 0.79 0.48 0.09
December 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.17 1.08 1.27 1.37 1.34 1.25 1.07 0.88 0.41 0.04
Page No. 157 of 313

Hourly net total radiant energy (MJ.m-2) at Bangalore
Hrs=> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
January -0.29 -0.27 -0.25 -0.23 -0.22 -0.21 -0.16 0.24 0.77 1.29 1.61 1.71
February -0.27 -0.26 -0.25 -0.24 -0.23 -0.21 -0.11 0.32 0.94 1.35 1.70 1.82
March -0.26 -0.26 -0.26 -0.26 -0.25 -0.24 -0.11 0.39 0.98 1.48 1.78 1.94
April -0.23 -0.23 -0.23 -0.23 -0.22 -0.20 -0.03 0.48 1.05 1.51 1.83 1.95
May -0.16 -0.16 -0.16 -0.16 -0.16 -0.14 0.05 0.57 1.11 1.62 1.94 2.05
June -0.17 -0.16 -0.16 -0.16 -0.15 -0.14 0.58 0.82 0.98 2.03 1.65 1.75
July -0.13 -0.13 -0.13 -0.13 -0.12 -0.11 0.06 0.41 0.84 1.23 1.60 1.55
August -0.12 -0.12 -0.12 -0.12 -0.12 -0.10 0.05 0.44 0.90 1.39 1.59 1.74
September -0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15 -0.14 -0.02 0.41 0.95 1.51 1.86 2.07
October -0.14 -0.13 -0.13 -0.12 -0.12 -0.11 -0.02 0.33 0.79 1.30 1.63 1.87
November -0.18 -0.17 -0.16 -0.15 -0.15 -0.14 -0.07 0.30 0.76 1.21 1.61 1.76
December -0.23 -0.21 -0.19 -0.18 -0.17 -0.17 -0.12 0.19 0.70 1.19 1.52 1.65
Page No. 158 of 313

Hourly net total radiant energy (MJ.m-2) at Bangalore
Hrs=> 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
January 1.65 1.47 1.12 0.66 0.15 -0.29 -0.33 -0.32 -0.32 -0.31 -0.31 -0.30
February 1.78 1.58 1.25 0.77 0.25 -0.21 -0.31 -0.29 -0.28 -0.27 -0.27 -0.27
March 1.89 1.70 1.39 0.91 0.55 -0.14 -0.28 -0.28 -0.27 -0.27 -0.27 -0.26
April 1.89 1.70 1.34 0.89 0.38 -0.07 -0.24 -0.23 -0.22 -0.23 -0.23 -0.23
May 2.02 1.76 1.37 0.94 0.47 0.04 -0.16 -0.17 -0.16 -0.16 -0.16 -0.16
June 1.73 1.60 1.20 0.85 0.79 0.04 -0.15 0.18 -0.16 -0.17 -0.17 -0.17
July 1.49 1.37 1.13 0.74 0.38 0.04 -0.14 -0.14 -0.13 -0.14 -0.14 -0.14
August 1.73 1.55 1.24 0.88 0.42 0.03 -0.13 -0.13 -0.12 -0.12 -0.13 -0.12
September 1.96 1.70 1.35 1.22 0.64 0.04 -0.18 -0.17 -0.16 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15
October 1.77 1.56 1.23 0.78 0.34 -0.05 -0.17 -0.16 -0.15 -0.15 -0.14 -0.14
November 1.70 1.50 1.18 0.76 0.22 -0.17 -0.24 -0.23 -0.22 -0.22 -0.21 -0.20
December 1.63 1.48 1.11 0.66 0.14 -0.27 -0.31 -0.30 -0.30 -0.29 -0.27 -0.26
Page No. 159 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Goa
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.09 0.70 1.51 2.18 2.66 2.90 2.89 2.63 2.11 1.43 0.66 0.09 0.00
February 0.00 0.15 0.86 1.71 2.41 2.92 3.22 3.20 2.92 2.38 1.65 0.84 0.16 0.00
March 0.00 0.23 0.96 1.77 2.44 2.99 3.30 3.34 3.04 2.49 1.74 0.93 0.23 0.00
April 0.01 0.32 1.06 1.78 2.42 3.03 3.36 3.41 3.13 2.56 1.83 1.03 0.32 0.01
May 0.02 0.36 1.01 1.62 2.32 2.87 3.18 3.20 2.99 2.50 1.83 1.09 0.41 0.03
June 0.02 0.29 0.75 1.24 1.68 2.08 2.17 2.18 2.04 1.74 1.28 0.76 0.31 0.03
July 0.01 0.22 0.64 1.08 1.53 1.80 1.94 1.94 1.76 1.43 1.07 0.64 0.25 0.02
August 0.01 0.21 0.67 1.19 1.64 2.01 2.29 2.26 2.00 1.66 1.19 0.70 0.24 0.01
September 0.00 0.20 0.79 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.77 2.78 2.57 2.13 1.48 0.80 0.23 0.01
October 0.00 0.14 0.71 1.45 2.03 2.48 2.77 2.81 2.61 2.10 1.44 0.72 0.16 0.00
November 0.00 0.10 0.69 1.45 2.10 2.59 2.79 2.75 2.48 1.99 1.35 0.64 0.10 0.00
December 0.00 0.07 0.62 1.38 2.05 2.51 2.75 2.72 2.46 1.99 1.34 0.60 0.08 0.00
Page No. 160 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Goa
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.09 0.72 1.54 2.23 2.72 2.96 2.96 2.69 2.16 1.47 0.70 0.10 0.00
February 0.00 0.15 0.87 1.73 2.45 3.00 3.27 3.24 2.94 2.41 1.65 0.82 0.15 0.00
March 0.00 0.24 1.02 1.87 2.61 3.13 3.42 3.41 3.11 2.54 1.79 0.96 0.25 0.00
April 0.01 0.37 1.21 2.05 2.74 3.24 3.49 3.49 3.25 2.65 1.90 1.09 0.34 0.01
May 0.03 0.52 1.33 2.08 2.72 3.21 3.48 3.48 3.22 2.71 1.99 1.21 0.43 0.02
June 0.03 0.40 1.06 1.64 2.36 3.00 3.16 3.33 3.18 2.68 1.92 1.29 0.54 0.05
July 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
August 0.00 0.13 0.88 1.50 1.59 3.17 3.17 3.09 2.51 1.57 1.36 0.87 0.28 0.01
September 0.00 0.31 1.16 2.02 2.73 3.19 3.51 3.46 3.16 2.62 1.86 0.91 0.22 0.00
October 0.00 0.21 1.02 1.86 2.53 3.02 3.22 3.21 2.90 2.24 1.52 0.77 0.15 0.00
November 0.00 0.11 0.77 1.60 2.28 2.78 3.00 2.97 2.66 2.16 1.45 0.69 0.10 0.00
December 0.00 0.07 0.65 1.45 2.15 2.64 2.88 2.86 2.59 2.08 1.39 0.64 0.08 0.00
Page No. 161 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Goa
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.06 0.30 0.45 0.54 0.60 0.61 0.63 0.60 0.54 0.46 0.30 0.05 0.00
February 0.00 0.10 0.35 0.50 0.59 0.65 0.66 0.65 0.62 0.58 0.49 0.34 0.09 0.00
March 0.00 0.16 0.48 0.70 0.85 0.89 0.89 0.85 0.81 0.75 0.63 0.44 0.15 0.00
April 0.00 0.23 0.58 0.84 0.98 1.03 1.01 0.97 0.92 0.84 0.72 0.52 0.21 0.00
May 0.02 0.27 0.61 0.88 1.07 1.15 1.13 1.08 1.05 0.95 0.82 0.61 0.28 0.02
June 0.02 0.24 0.58 0.87 1.07 1.25 1.29 1.28 1.20 1.06 0.83 0.55 0.24 0.02
July 0.01 0.19 0.52 0.83 1.13 1.32 1.40 1.36 1.26 1.06 0.82 0.51 0.21 0.01
August 0.00 0.19 0.55 0.93 1.22 1.42 1.56 1.58 1.43 1.21 0.93 0.57 0.20 0.01
September 0.00 0.17 0.55 0.88 1.14 1.31 1.35 1.31 1.25 1.09 0.87 0.53 0.17 0.00
October 0.00 0.11 0.43 0.71 0.89 1.02 1.09 1.07 1.01 0.87 0.69 0.42 0.11 0.00
November 0.00 0.07 0.33 0.52 0.63 0.73 0.78 0.79 0.77 0.67 0.53 0.33 0.06 0.00
December 0.00 0.05 0.28 0.44 0.53 0.59 0.64 0.64 0.62 0.55 0.44 0.27 0.04 0.00
Page No. 162 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Goa
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.06 0.30 0.44 0.51 0.56 0.59 0.59 0.57 0.53 0.46 0.30 0.06 0.00
February 0.00 0.10 0.34 0.48 0.56 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.62 0.57 0.49 0.33 0.09 0.01
March 0.01 0.16 0.45 0.62 0.73 0.79 0.82 0.80 0.77 0.72 0.61 0.44 0.16 0.01
April 0.01 0.24 0.49 0.64 0.73 0.79 0.83 0.81 0.76 0.70 0.61 0.47 0.19 0.01
May 0.02 0.28 0.48 0.60 0.64 0.68 0.67 0.66 0.65 0.62 0.57 0.48 0.24 0.02
June 0.03 0.26 0.51 0.78 0.93 1.07 1.01 1.05 1.06 0.94 0.76 0.60 0.30 0.02
July 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
August 0.00 0.13 0.66 1.05 1.09 1.55 1.32 1.38 1.26 0.87 0.92 0.57 0.19 0.00
September 0.00 0.18 0.44 0.61 0.80 0.88 0.84 0.74 0.72 0.75 0.66 0.40 0.12 0.00
October 0.01 0.12 0.38 0.48 0.57 0.62 0.69 0.72 0.72 0.66 0.54 0.36 0.10 0.01
November 0.00 0.07 0.28 0.41 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.59 0.55 0.45 0.30 0.06 0.00
December 0.00 0.05 0.26 0.41 0.48 0.53 0.56 0.56 0.55 0.51 0.43 0.27 0.05 0.00
Page No. 163 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Goa

Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen Far Cen
0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30
2.01-4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 3.00 3.30
4.01-6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.60 3.60 6.90
6.01-8.00 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.60 1.20 7.30 14.20
8.01-10.00 0.30 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.60 1.70 6.90 21.10
10.01-12.00 0.80 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.70 3.50 5.90 27.10
12.01-14.00 0.80 2.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.90 4.40 5.90 33.00
14.01-16.00 0.50 2.60 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.60 0.80 1.20 5.50 7.30 40.30
16.01-18.00 11.40 14.00 1.10 1.10 0.80 1.10 1.10 2.00 3.80 9.30 7.90 48.20
18.01-20.00 35.50 49.50 10.00 11.10 5.30 6.40 4.80 6.80 1.50 10.80 9.90 58.10
20.01-22.00 35.50 85.00 29.20 40.30 19.50 25.90 10.50 17.30 7.80 18.60 14.20 72.30
22.01-24.00 13.50 98.40 39.50 79.70 29.10 55.10 24.40 41.60 18.90 37.50 16.50 88.80
24.01-26.00 1.60 100.00 16.20 95.90 31.80 86.90 34.30 75.90 38.70 76.20 7.60 96.40
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 4.10 100.00 10.40 97.30 19.50 95.50 20.90 97.10 3.30 99.70
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.70 100.00 3.40 98.90 2.00 99.10 0.30 100.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.10 100.00 0.90 100.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 164 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Goa

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 3.30 3.30 1.00 1.30 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.60 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
4.01-6.00 6.50 9.80 2.90 4.20 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.90 0.60 0.90 0.30 0.50
6.01-8.00 7.20 17.00 4.50 8.60 2.30 2.60 0.60 1.50 0.60 1.40 0.50 1.10
8.01-10.00 9.40 26.40 7.70 16.30 2.00 4.60 1.20 2.70 0.30 1.70 0.50 1.60
10.01-12.00 6.50 33.00 7.00 23.30 3.50 8.10 3.00 5.60 1.70 3.50 1.60 3.20
12.01-14.00 8.30 41.30 9.30 32.60 6.10 14.10 3.90 9.50 3.50 6.90 2.10 5.30
14.01-16.00 11.60 52.90 10.90 43.50 8.40 22.50 6.50 16.00 3.50 10.40 3.70 9.00
16.01-18.00 12.70 65.60 16.90 60.40 8.60 31.10 7.40 23.40 15.60 26.00 20.50 29.50
18.01-20.00 11.20 76.80 15.30 75.70 15.60 46.70 21.10 44.50 32.10 58.10 43.90 73.40
20.01-22.00 10.90 87.70 12.50 88.20 19.30 66.00 26.70 71.20 24.90 82.90 19.90 93.40
22.01-24.00 8.70 96.40 10.50 98.70 20.20 86.20 24.00 95.30 15.30 98.30 6.40 99.70
24.01-26.00 2.90 99.30 1.30 100.00 11.50 97.70 4.70 100.00 1.70 100.00 0.30 100.00
26.01-28.00 0.70 100.00 0.00 0.00 2.00 99.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 165 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Goa

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.40 0.40
2.01-4.00 21.80 21.80 8.40 8.40 2.20 2.20 0.00 0.00 0.60 0.60 4.60 4.90
4.01-6.00 57.30 79.00 65.40 73.80 19.40 21.60 3.90 3.90 1.90 2.50 7.40 12.30
6.01-8.00 15.00 94.00 17.80 91.60 38.30 59.80 31.10 35.00 18.10 20.60 9.50 21.80
8.01-10.00 5.20 99.20 6.50 98.10 29.10 88.90 37.20 72.20 31.70 52.40 14.80 36.60
10.01-12.00 0.80 100.00 1.90 100.00 9.20 98.10 21.50 93.70 28.60 81.00 22.50 59.20
12.01-14.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.90 100.00 5.40 99.10 16.50 97.50 28.90 88.00
14.01-16.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.90 100.00 2.50 100.00 10.90 98.90
16.01-18.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.10 100.00
18.01-20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 166 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Goa

0.01-2.00 0.90 0.90 0.40 0.40 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 4.00 4.80 1.10 1.40 0.00 0.30 1.90 1.90 18.40 18.40 36.30 36.30
4.01-6.00 8.40 13.20 4.00 5.40 3.00 3.30 14.50 16.40 36.60 55.00 41.00 77.30
6.01-8.00 12.30 25.60 5.80 11.20 14.80 18.00 29.60 45.90 22.70 77.60 14.20 91.50
8.01-10.00 7.00 32.60 13.70 24.80 20.70 38.80 24.50 70.40 17.80 95.50 6.60 98.10
10.01-12.00 15.40 48.00 21.60 46.40 28.70 67.50 20.40 90.90 3.90 99.40 1.90 100.00
12.01-14.00 35.20 83.30 34.20 80.60 24.60 92.00 8.50 99.40 0.60 100.00 0.00 0.00
14.01-16.00 15.40 98.70 18.00 98.60 7.70 99.70 0.60 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
16.01-18.00 1.30 100.00 1.40 100.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
18.01-20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 167 of 313

Ratio of hourly diffuse to global solar radiation exposures at Goa
Hrs=> 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
January 0.67 0.43 0.30 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.22 0.23 0.26 0.32 0.45 0.56
February 0.67 0.41 0.29 0.24 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.24 0.30 0.40 0.56
March 0.70 0.50 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.27 0.25 0.27 0.30 0.36 0.47 0.65
April 0.72 0.55 0.47 0.40 0.34 0.30 0.28 0.29 0.33 0.39 0.50 0.66
May 0.75 0.60 0.54 0.46 0.40 0.36 0.34 0.35 0.38 0.45 0.56 0.68
June 0.83 0.77 0.70 0.64 0.60 0.59 0.59 0.59 0.61 0.65 0.72 0.77
July 0.86 0.81 0.77 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.77 0.80 0.84
August 0.90 0.82 0.78 0.74 0.71 0.68 0.70 0.71 0.73 0.78 0.81 0.83
September 0.85 0.70 0.62 0.60 0.55 0.49 0.47 0.49 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.74
October 0.79 0.61 0.49 0.44 0.41 0.39 0.38 0.39 0.41 0.48 0.58 0.69
November 0.70 0.48 0.36 0.30 0.28 0.28 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.39 0.52 0.60
December 0.71 0.45 0.32 0.26 0.24 0.23 0.24 0.25 0.28 0.33 0.45 0.50
Page No. 168 of 313

Ratio of diffuse to global solar radiant exposures on cloudless days at Goa
Hrs=> 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
January 0.67 0.42 0.29 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.25 0.31 0.43 0.60
February 0.67 0.39 0.28 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.21 0.24 0.30 0.40 0.60
March 0.67 0.44 0.33 0.28 0.25 0.24 0.23 0.25 0.28 0.34 0.46 0.64
April 0.65 0.40 0.31 0.27 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.26 0.32 0.43 0.56
May 0.54 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.19 0.20 0.23 0.29 0.40 0.56
June 0.65 0.48 0.48 0.39 0.36 0.32 0.32 0.33 0.35 0.40 0.47 0.56
July 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
August 1.00 0.75 0.70 0.69 0.49 0.42 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.68 0.66 0.68
September 0.58 0.38 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.23 0.29 0.35 0.44 0.55
October 0.57 0.37 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.36 0.47 0.67
November 0.64 0.36 0.26 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.25 0.31 0.43 0.60
December 0.71 0.40 0.28 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.25 0.31 0.42 0.63
Page No. 169 of 313

Mean sunshine hours at Goa
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.10
February 0.00 0.20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 0.00
March 0.00 0.10 0.60 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.20 0.00
April 0.00 0.30 0.80 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.40 0.10
May 0.00 0.40 0.80 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.20
June 0.10 0.30 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.20
July 0.00 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.10
August 0.00 0.20 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.20
September 0.00 0.10 0.50 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.60 0.30 0.10
October 0.10 0.30 0.60 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.30 0.00
November 0.00 0.20 0.80 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.30 0.00
December 0.00 0.20 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.00
Page No. 170 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Pune
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.10
February 0.00 0.20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 0.00
March 0.00 0.10 0.60 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.70 0.20 0.00
April 0.00 0.30 0.80 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.40 0.10
May 0.00 0.40 0.80 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.50 0.20
June 0.10 0.30 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.20
July 0.00 0.30 0.40 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.10
August 0.00 0.20 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.40 0.20
September 0.00 0.10 0.50 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.60 0.30 0.10
October 0.10 0.30 0.60 0.80 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.30 0.00
November 0.00 0.20 0.80 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.30 0.00
December 0.00 0.20 0.80 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.00
Page No. 171 of 313

Hourly global solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Pune
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.04 0.53 1.27 1.99 2.56 2.83 2.84 2.55 2.05 1.32 0.56 0.05 0.00
February 0.00 0.13 0.80 1.64 2.39 2.94 3.20 3.21 2.94 2.41 1.64 0.81 0.12 0.00
March 0.00 0.25 1.04 1.89 2.64 3.19 3.47 3.49 3.18 2.60 1.82 0.99 0.22 0.00
April 0.01 0.35 1.16 2.03 2.75 3.25 3.53 3.51 3.23 2.68 1.94 1.11 0.37 0.02
May 0.02 0.47 1.29 2.14 2.83 3.29 3.54 3.51 3.23 2.70 2.00 1.22 0.47 0.03
June 0.04 0.50 1.30 2.04 2.74 3.09 3.32 3.29 3.00 2.59 1.89 1.23 0.50 0.05
July 0.02 0.39 1.18 1.99 2.60 2.90 3.16 3.24 2.84 2.54 1.96 1.25 0.46 0.04
August 0.02 0.30 1.07 1.69 2.34 2.47 2.86 2.61 1.71 2.42 1.86 1.18 0.36 0.02
September 0.01 0.26 1.07 1.87 2.48 2.84 3.16 3.13 2.75 2.41 1.73 1.03 0.25 0.00
October 0.00 0.11 0.76 1.59 2.33 2.86 3.09 3.07 2.76 2.20 1.47 0.70 0.11 0.00
November 0.00 0.06 0.61 1.38 2.12 2.67 2.95 2.96 2.66 2.14 1.36 0.58 0.05 0.00
December 0.00 0.03 0.48 1.20 1.89 2.45 2.73 2.77 2.50 1.99 1.30 0.51 0.03 0.00
Page No. 172 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) at Pune
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.02 0.22 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.56 0.56 0.52 0.46 0.36 0.21 0.03 0.00
February 0.00 0.06 0.28 0.44 0.51 0.55 0.56 0.57 0.55 0.50 0.42 0.27 0.06 0.00
March 0.00 0.11 0.35 0.50 0.58 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.65 0.62 0.53 0.36 0.12 0.00
April 0.01 0.18 0.42 0.56 0.64 0.70 0.72 0.72 0.72 0.68 0.60 0.43 0.19 0.01
May 0.02 0.28 0.53 0.68 0.77 0.83 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.79 0.66 0.51 0.28 0.03
June 0.03 0.29 0.61 0.92 1.13 1.29 1.34 1.34 1.21 1.05 0.83 0.59 0.27 0.03
July 0.04 0.27 0.62 0.95 1.22 1.41 1.56 1.55 1.39 1.19 0.87 0.57 0.27 0.04
August 0.02 0.21 0.57 0.92 1.21 1.42 1.56 1.55 1.43 1.17 0.88 0.53 0.20 0.01
September 0.00 0.16 0.49 0.83 1.11 1.26 1.35 1.32 1.21 1.00 0.75 0.45 0.15 0.00
October 0.00 0.08 0.35 0.58 0.71 0.80 0.87 0.88 0.83 0.71 0.55 0.31 0.07 0.00
November 0.00 0.03 0.25 0.44 0.57 0.64 0.68 0.68 0.65 0.56 0.42 0.23 0.03 0.00
December 0.00 0.02 0.20 0.39 0.50 0.55 0.56 0.55 0.52 0.45 0.34 0.18 0.02 0.00
Page No. 173 of 313

Hourly diffuse solar radiant exposure (MJm-2) on cloudless days at Pune
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.02 0.03 0.21 0.35 0.44 0.46 0.48 0.48 0.46 0.41 0.32 0.19 0.02 0.00
February 0.00 0.07 0.27 0.40 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.50 0.48 0.42 0.37 0.26 0.07 0.00
March 0.01 0.13 0.33 0.46 0.51 0.55 0.57 0.56 0.55 0.53 0.47 0.35 0.13 0.01
April 0.02 0.19 0.40 0.50 0.56 0.60 0.62 0.63 0.63 0.62 0.58 0.44 0.21 0.02
May 0.02 0.27 0.46 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.67 0.69 0.69 0.66 0.60 0.48 0.28 0.03
June 0.04 0.31 0.53 0.68 0.79 0.92 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.87 0.76 0.55 0.34 0.05
July 0.02 0.29 0.61 0.90 1.29 1.46 1.58 1.53 1.07 1.19 0.89 0.62 0.32 0.03
August 0.02 0.20 0.47 0.84 1.31 1.22 1.49 1.63 1.20 1.43 1.09 0.73 0.32 0.02
September 0.01 0.16 0.42 0.65 0.91 1.06 1.09 1.14 1.04 0.92 0.72 0.50 0.15 0.01
October 0.00 0.08 0.36 0.52 0.56 0.59 0.65 0.68 0.69 0.65 0.52 0.34 0.07 0.00
November 0.00 0.04 0.23 0.35 0.41 0.45 0.48 0.48 0.46 0.41 0.35 0.20 0.03 0.00
December 0.00 0.02 0.19 0.32 0.41 0.44 0.45 0.44 0.42 0.36 0.29 0.18 0.02 0.00
Page No. 174 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Pune

Fer Cent Fer Cent Fer Cent Fer Cent Fer Cent Fer Cent
0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
4.01-6.00 0.20 0.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.50 1.50
6.01-8.00 0.20 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.10 3.70
8.01-10.00 0.20 0.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50 3.40 7.10
10.01-12.00 1.50 2.20 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30 0.50 1.10 4.90 12.00
12.01-14.00 2.20 4.40 0.90 0.90 0.30 0.80 0.50 0.80 0.50 1.60 4.60 16.60
14.01-16.00 13.50 17.90 2.00 2.80 0.30 1.00 1.80 2.50 0.50 2.10 8.30 24.80
16.01-18.00 46.40 64.40 7.40 10.20 1.30 2.30 1.30 3.80 2.10 4.20 12.30 37.10
18.01-20.00 30.70 95.10 26.10 36.40 7.70 10.00 3.00 6.90 4.50 8.80 9.80 46.90
20.01-22.00 4.90 100.00 39.50 75.90 17.10 27.10 7.90 14.70 5.30 14.10 15.30 62.30
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 21.30 97.20 32.50 59.60 15.50 30.20 10.30 24.40 15.30 77.60
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 2.80 100.00 32.20 91.80 41.40 71.60 25.70 50.10 14.70 92.30
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.90 99.70 22.60 94.20 36.30 86.50 7.40 99.70
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 100.00 5.80 100.00 13.50 100.00 0.30 100.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 175 of 313

Frequency distribution of global solar radiant exposure at Pune

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.20 0.20
4.01-6.00 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.00 1.10 1.10 0.30 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.20 0.50
6.01-8.00 2.50 4.90 3.40 5.40 0.80 2.00 0.60 1.10 1.60 2.10 1.20 1.70
8.01-10.00 6.30 11.20 5.90 11.30 3.40 5.30 2.20 3.30 0.50 2.70 1.20 3.00
10.01-12.00 10.90 22.10 9.60 21.00 3.40 8.70 2.20 5.50 1.90 4.50 1.50 4.50
12.01-14.00 13.40 35.50 11.90 32.90 5.00 13.70 3.00 8.60 5.30 9.80 3.00 7.50
14.01-16.00 13.90 49.50 17.60 50.40 10.40 24.10 7.20 15.80 6.90 16.80 20.70 28.20
16.01-18.00 13.90 63.40 19.30 69.70 15.10 39.20 10.50 26.30 28.50 45.20 54.40 82.50
18.01-20.00 12.80 76.20 11.90 81.60 16.50 55.70 20.20 46.50 41.80 87.00 17.50 100.00
20.01-22.00 11.50 87.70 9.60 91.20 19.60 75.40 31.30 77.80 12.80 99.70 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 5.20 92.90 6.50 97.70 14.80 90.20 21.60 99.40 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 5.50 98.40 2.30 100.00 9.20 99.40 0.60 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.80 99.20 0.00 0.00 0.60 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.50 99.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 176 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Pune

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.50 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.30 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 38.80 38.80 24.30 24.30 7.00 7.50 1.80 1.80 0.50 0.80 0.00 0.00
4.01-6.00 53.70 92.50 62.90 87.10 54.80 62.30 37.30 39.10 21.20 22.00 2.50 2.50
6.01-8.00 6.50 99.00 12.00 99.10 29.20 91.50 45.30 84.40 36.10 58.20 13.60 16.00
8.01-10.00 1.00 100.00 0.90 100.00 7.20 98.70 11.50 95.90 25.30 83.40 17.90 34.00
10.01-12.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 99.70 3.60 99.50 12.80 96.20 26.20 60.20
12.01-14.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 99.70 0.50 100.00 3.80 100.00 29.30 89.50
14.01-16.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 99.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.00 98.50
16.01-18.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.50 100.00
18.01-20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 177 of 313

Frequency distribution of diffuse solar radiant exposure at Pune

0.01-2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2.01-4.00 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.90 0.30 0.30 9.60 9.60 32.30 32.30 51.20 51.20
4.01-6.00 2.00 2.60 1.70 2.60 3.80 4.10 29.00 38.60 38.50 70.80 37.70 88.80
6.01-8.00 5.50 8.20 4.30 6.80 15.60 19.70 37.30 75.90 21.50 92.30 9.40 98.20
8.01-10.00 11.40 19.50 9.90 16.80 28.70 48.40 16.10 92.00 7.40 99.70 1.80 100.00
10.01-12.00 25.40 44.90 31.80 48.60 33.60 82.00 6.70 98.70 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00
12.01-14.00 42.00 86.90 42.00 90.60 15.60 97.50 1.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
14.01-16.00 9.90 96.80 8.00 98.60 2.20 99.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
16.01-18.00 1.70 98.50 1.40 100.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
18.01-20.00 0.60 99.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20.01-22.00 0.60 99.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
22.01-24.00 0.30 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
24.01-26.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
26.01-28.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
28.01-30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
30.01-32.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
32.01-34.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Page No. 178 of 313

Ratio of hourly diffuse to global solar radiation exposures at Pune
Hrs=> 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
January 0.67 0.48 0.34 0.27 0.23 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.24 0.29 0.41 0.60
February 0.75 0.41 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.19 0.20 0.23 0.28 0.39 0.67
March 0.58 0.39 0.29 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.20 0.22 0.26 0.32 0.41 0.63
April 0.58 0.39 0.29 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.23 0.27 0.34 0.43 0.63
May 0.65 0.45 0.34 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.46 0.67
June 0.81 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.54 0.52 0.51 0.52 0.55 0.60 0.68 0.79
July 0.84 0.78 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.74 0.73 0.72 0.73 0.74 0.80 0.87
August 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.73 0.72 0.72 0.71 0.72 0.73 0.77 0.80 0.87
September 0.76 0.60 0.56 0.54 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.52 0.53 0.57 0.64 0.79
October 0.73 0.52 0.41 0.34 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.33 0.37 0.43 0.50 0.70
November 0.60 0.49 0.36 0.30 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.27 0.29 0.34 0.43 0.60
December 1.00 0.50 0.36 0.29 0.24 0.22 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.29 0.38 0.67
Page No. 179 of 313

Ratio of diffuse to global solar radiant exposures on cloudless days at Pune
Hrs=> 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
January 0.75 0.40 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.34 0.40
February 0.54 0.34 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.23 0.32 0.58
March 0.52 0.32 0.24 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.20 0.26 0.35 0.59
April 0.54 0.34 0.25 0.20 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.20 0.23 0.30 0.40 0.57
May 0.57 0.36 0.26 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.20 0.21 0.24 0.30 0.39 0.60
June 0.62 0.41 0.33 0.29 0.30 0.30 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.40 0.45 0.68
July 0.74 0.52 0.45 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.47 0.38 0.47 0.45 0.50 0.70
August 0.67 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.49 0.52 0.62 0.70 0.59 0.59 0.62 0.89
September 0.62 0.39 0.35 0.37 0.37 0.34 0.36 0.38 0.38 0.42 0.49 0.60
October 0.73 0.47 0.33 0.24 0.21 0.21 0.22 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.49 0.64
November 0.67 0.38 0.25 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.19 0.26 0.34 0.60
December 0.67 0.40 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.16 0.16 0.17 0.18 0.22 0.35 0.67
Page No. 180 of 313

Hourly net total radiant energy (MJm-2) at Pune
Hrs=> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
January -0.17 -0.16 -0.15 -0.14 -0.14 -0.12 -0.09 0.15 0.54 0.95 1.24 1.38
February -0.19 -0.18 -0.18 -0.17 -0.17 -0.16 -0.09 0.24 0.69 1.10 1.39 1.52
March -0.20 -0.20 -0.20 -0.19 -0.19 -0.18 -0.06 0.33 0.79 1.18 1.44 1.56
April -0.21 -0.21 -0.21 -0.20 -0.20 -0.16 0.00 0.44 0.93 1.31 1.56 1.68
May -0.20 -0.20 -0.20 -0.19 -0.19 -0.17 0.10 0.59 1.06 1.43 1.68 1.80
June -0.11 -0.11 -0.11 -0.11 -0.11 -0.08 0.15 0.57 0.99 1.32 1.54 1.64
July -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.06 0.12 0.45 0.77 1.05 1.26 1.36
August -0.06 -0.06 -0.06 -0.06 -0.06 -0.05 0.10 0.45 0.81 1.11 1.35 1.46
September -0.09 -0.10 -0.09 -0.09 -0.09 -0.08 0.05 0.46 0.94 1.37 1.66 1.74
October -0.12 -0.11 -0.10 -0.09 -0.09 -0.08 0.00 0.32 0.79 1.29 1.59 1.75
November -0.14 -0.13 -0.13 -0.12 -0.11 -0.10 -0.06 0.21 0.61 1.03 1.35 1.50
December -0.16 -0.15 -0.14 -0.13 -0.12 -0.11 -0.08 0.13 0.49 0.87 1.16 1.31
Page No. 181 of 313

Hourly net total radiant energy (MJm-2) at Pune
Hrs=> 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
January 1.35 1.17 0.92 0.68 0.04 -0.21 -0.21 -0.20 -0.19 -0.18 -0.18 -0.17
February 1.48 1.30 0.99 0.57 0.12 -0.21 -0.25 -0.23 -0.22 -0.21 -0.20 -0.19
March 1.53 1.35 1.03 0.63 0.19 -0.17 -0.27 -0.25 -0.24 -0.22 -0.22 -0.21
April 1.64 1.45 1.12 0.72 0.29 -0.10 -0.26 -0.26 -0.25 -0.24 -0.23 -0.22
May 1.76 1.57 1.24 0.84 0.41 0.00 -0.11 -0.23 -0.22 -0.22 -0.21 -0.16
June 1.63 1.43 1.15 0.81 0.47 0.11 -0.10 -0.11 -0.12 -0.12 -0.12 -0.11
July 1.35 1.22 1.00 0.72 0.40 0.11 -0.07 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08 -0.08
August 1.45 1.31 1.05 0.74 0.39 0.09 -0.06 -0.07 -0.07 -0.07 -0.07 -0.07
September 1.71 1.52 1.21 0.79 0.37 0.02 -0.11 -0.11 -0.10 -0.10 -0.11 -0.11
October 1.72 1.50 1.09 0.70 0.24 -0.09 -0.15 -0.14 -0.14 -0.14 -0.13 -0.13
November 1.49 1.32 1.01 0.56 0.11 -0.14 -0.17 -0.15 -0.16 -0.15 -0.15 -0.15
December 1.30 1.24 0.83 0.44 0.03 -0.20 -0.19 -0.18 -0.17 -0.17 -0.17 -0.16
Page No. 182 of 313

Mean sunshine hours at Pune
Hrs=> 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
January 0.00 0.20 0.70 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.10
February 0.00 0.20 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.20 0.00
March 0.10 0.20 0.80 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.20 0.90
April 0.10 0.50 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.40 0.40
May 0.10 0.60 0.90 0.90 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.60 0.20
June 0.10 0.50 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.50 0.10
July 0.10 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.60 0.50 0.30 0.40
August 0.00 0.30 0.50 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.50 0.50 0.30 0.30
September 0.00 0.20 0.60 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.60 0.30 0.20
October 0.20 0.20 0.70 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.30 0.00
November 0.00 0.20 0.60 0.90 1.00 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.90 0.80 0.20 0.00
December 0.00 0.10 0.50 0.90 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.80 0.10 0.00
Page No. 183 of 313

Solar radiation resource assessment
Resource assessment is the primary and essential exercise towards project

evaluation. In India, the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) measures
the solar radiation and other climatic parameters over various locations
across the country however, the measuring stations record only global and
diffuse solar radiation on horizontal surfaces. The direct solar radiation is not
measured at many locations of India; while it could be estimated through
global and diffuse solar radiation on horizontal surface. The direct solar
radiation is not measured by IMD in Jaipur, while the global and diffuse solar
radiation values are measuring from last 25-30 years. The best way of
carrying out the solar radiation resource assessment is to use
TMY (Typical Meteorological Year weather data files) data files for selected
location. Since the TMY data files for Indian locations are not available hence
in the present study the METEONORM database has been used for solar
radiation study and DNI estimation. Further the DNI values estimated using
METEONORM data base have been compared with the values obtained using
IMD data as well as with the NASA satellite data for the location of Jaipur.
Under partly cloudy skies, because of the random and unknown location of
the clouds, no model can accurately estimate the solar radiation incident on
the earth's surface at any given time and location. Hence, the model used to
estimate solar radiation when measured data were not available was
designed specifically to reproduce the statistical and stochastic characteristics
of multi year solar radiation data sets. This resulted in the sacrifice of
accuracy for specific hours. Modeled values for individual hours (under partly
cloudy skies), therefore, may differ greatly from measured values, had they
been made.
Page No. 184 of 313

It was anticipated that a multi year data base will most often be used to
create design- and typical-year subsets; to establish normals, means, and
extremes; and to select or evaluate sites for large solar energy systems.
Given these uses, it is important that simulated data sets accurately
represent the following statistical and stochastic characteristics of measured
data.
Statistical
Monthly moments (mean, variance, skewness, kurtosis)

Monthly cumulative frequency distributions (cfds)
Stochastic
Diurnal and seasonal patterns

Hourly and daily autocorrelations
Cross-correlations between elements (global horizontal, diffuse horizontal,
direct normal)
Persistence
A block diagram of the meteorological-statistical (METSTAT) solar radiation

model developed for the NSRDB is shown in Figure. Several features of the
model were critical to meeting data base objectives. Hourly calculations using
hourly total and opaque cloud cover, hourly perceptible water vapor, daily
aerosol optical depth, and daily albedo input data automatically produced
representative diurnal and seasonal patterns, daily autocorrelations, and
persistence. Placing the statistical algorithms between the input data and the
deterministic algorithms led to proper cross-correlations between the direct
normal, diffuse horizontal, and global horizontal components.
Page No. 185 of 313

The deterministic algorithms were designed to meet the objective of creating
data sets with accurate monthly means. The statistical algorithms randomly
varied input parameters (cloud cover and aerosol optical depth) such that
monthly data sets exhibit representative statistical characteristics. Daily
rather than hourly variations of aerosol optical depth were applied to retain
the smooth diurnal patterns that are observed under cloudless skies.
Page No. 186 of 313

TECHNOLOGY USED FOR
SOLAR POWER GENERATION
Page No. 187 of 313

OVERVIEW OF PROPOSED SOLAR POWER TECHNOLOGY
Most of the electricity in India comes from fossil-fuels like coal, oil and
natural gas. Today the demand of electricity in India is increasing where as
the reserves of the fossil-fuel are depleting every day. The demand of
electricity is already more than the production of electricity. We can feel this
fact from the electricity-cuts during summer. Luckily Sun throws so much
energy over India, that if can trap few minutes of solar energy falling over
India we can provide India with electricity for whole year. Most parts of India
get 7 KWH/ sq-meter of energy per day averaged over a year.
We have gathered the most advanced techniques in solar world to provide

cost efficient systems. We are working towards our dream to eliminate the
problem of electricity in India.
Page No. 188 of 313

SOLAR CELL
A Solar cell is made up of silicon semiconductor wafer. The Solar cell

generates current when light strikes on it. There are lots of technologies
being used for PV cells today. Poly-Crystalline is the most widely used
technology. As of today commercial Solar cells have efficiency of 17% at
max. Usually the poly-crystalline solar panels have 15 % efficiency. The
power generated by a solar-cell is function of lots factors that are beyond the
scope of this article. Our technology extracts every drop of power from these
solar panels to make our systems price-effective.
Page No. 189 of 313

SOLAR PANEL
A Solar panel is nothing but number of solar-cells connected in series and

parallel to get desired voltage/current. Besides this, these solar cells are
encapsulated in weather-proof material to guard the solar-cells against rain,
hail , dust, wind etc. Most of solar panels are framed in aluminum-frame to
provide structural re-enforcement and facilitate installation. PV arrays or
panels are the most expensive part of the solar power system.
We have done extensive research on Lead-Acid batteries and Solar-cells to

design optimum system that can give maximum efficiency and provide long
life to batteries. Following are the few features of our systems.
1. Enhanced Solar Charge Controller: It seems very easy at first, hook

the Solar Panels to battery or a load. But it is very complicated to extract
energy from solar panels and feed it to batteries for use during night. The
very first charge controllers just connected the solar panels to battery and
switched off the panels when battery reached a specific voltage. Such
systems waste significant part of the solar energy and kill the batteries. You
can see that batteries used in inverters in homes die within 2-3 years where
as battery life is much longer.
2. Temperature compensation: The characteristics of a Lead Acid battery

change with battery temperature. The temperature of battery is decided by
ambient temperature and the heat produced from internal resistance. For
example a typical lead acid battery is fully charged at 13.6 Volt at 45 Degree
Celsius and 14.7 Volt at 0 Degree Celsius. India has extreme temperature
conditions, during summer the temperature reaches 47 Degrees and in
Winter it touches 5 Degrees.
Page No. 190 of 313

Under these conditions if we don't use temperature compensation we will
overcharge the battery during summer resulting in excessive gassing and
reduced battery life. During winter the battery will remain under-charged.
Our systems monitor the battery temperature continuously and adjust the
battery charging accordingly.
3. Three stage battery charging: Our systems will use advanced three
stage battery charge controllers to provide maximum efficiency and longer
battery life. The three stage battery charger can be explained using simple
analogy. The three stage charging is just like filling an empty pot with water.
In starting we fill the pot with maximum speed and as the pot gets near to
full , slow down the flow of water to gently top off the pot without spilling.
Bulk Stage. In the stage maximum current from the solar panels is
transferred to batteries as inferred by the word "bulk".
Absorption Stage: In this stage, only that much charge is given to the
battery as much battery can take. The battery is not forced to take the
charge it does not want to take.
Float: In this stage the battery is trickle charged to maintain the charge.
Page No. 191 of 313

Inverter: The inverter is used to convert the DC power from solar panels to
220V AC. There are two types of inverters in the market
a) Modified sine Wave: These inverters produce modified sine wave. The
harmonic distortion in these inverters can be as much 50%. These are
cheaper and are more efficient inverters. Most of the inverters used in homes
are modified sine wave. These are good for most of the appliances. But
if these inverters are used for long time motors-based appliances run hotter.
Also lots of appliances don't run on modified-sine wave at all like medical
equipment.
b) Pure sine Wave: These inverters provide pure sine wave just like the
mains power. These inverters have bit less efficiency than the modified sine
wave, but these inverters can run all kind of appliances as these inverters
provide pure sine wave. These are usually 2-3 times costlier than modified-
sine wave inverters.
We are planning to use the pure-sine wave inverters in all major systems so
that all appliances can run on the power they are designed for. Appliances
run cooler, run silent on pure-sine wave inverters and enjoy a long life.
Page No. 192 of 313

General Specification/Interface
Specifications
Maximum power 180Wp
180Wp Dimensions 1581x809x50mm
Number of cells (Pcs) 72
Maximum power voltage (V) 36.31
Maximum power current (A) 4.98
Open circuit voltage (V) 44.97
Short circuit current (A) 5.23
Maximum system voltage (V)1000
Temperature range -40C to +80C
Tolerance Wattage (e.g. +/-3C) +/-5C
Surface Maximum Load Capacity 60m/s(200kg/sqm)
Available Hail Load steel ball fall down from 1m height
Weight per piece (kg) 16.3
Junction Box Type PV-RH0301 (TUV)
Length of cables (mm) 900mm
Cell Efficiency >15.2%
Module Efficiency >15%
Output tolerance +/-5%
Frame (Materials, corners, etc) Aluminium
Standard Test Conditions AM1.5
100mW/cm 25C
Page No. 193 of 313

Page No. 194 of 313
Specifications
Electrical Specifications
Nominal power rating (AC) 250 kW
Nominal AC voltage 315 V
Nominal AC frequency 50 Hz (optional 60 Hz)
Line power factor > 0,99 above 20% rated power
AC current distorsion < 3% THD at rated power
Max AC line current 460 A
Stand-by tare losses ~100 W
Night consumption ~100 W
Min DC voltage for feed-in 450 V
Suggested PV power 280 kWp
Max DC current 555 A
Max open circuit voltage 880 V
Power Tracking window range 450 V - 800 V
Max efficiency 97,5%
European efficiency 96,6%
General Specifications
Ambient temperature range
Enclosure environmental rating 10 - 45C
Enclosure IP21
Weight Rittal TS Series
Dimensions (H x W x D) 1160 kg
Altitude 211,2 x 200,6 x 60,5 cm
Relative humidity up to 1500 m without de-rating
Features and Options 0 - 95% non-condensing
Cooling method Forced convection cooling
AC over/ under voltage, AC over / under
frequency, over temperature, AC and DC
Protective functions over current, DC over voltage
User display standard LCD, 4-line, 20-character with keypad
Disconnects (AC and DC) Integral to inverter assembly
Graphical user interface software for real time
Communications software communications and control
Data acquisition and logging Adjustable
Webserver or telephone modem for remote
Interfaces system monitoring and fault notification
Combiner Boxes Optional Feature
Container solution Optional Feature
Page No. 195 of 313

Power Electronics & Control Systems
Output Inverter
The high efficiency bi-directional output inverter converts high voltage DC

produced by the controller to grid-Quality AC. As the inverter is a current
source only, it automatically matches the AC voltage and frequency that it
sees on the system output terminals. In addition, the inverter also performs
all the protective relay functions. Software has adjustable parameters and
set points for these protective relay functions which allow the product to be
easily configured to meet the interconnect requirements. The output inverter
is housed in the weatherproof (IP56 rating) enclosure mounted on the unit
near the ground and also houses the user interface and connections, and
batteries
Interface
Voltage and frequency are automatically sensed and adjusted according to

voltages on the output/interconnection terminals (grid connect). AC output
from the system shall be connected to the local grid in accordance with local
regulations and requirements. The ISS control system is accessed via the key
switch and the Ethernet port.
Page No. 196 of 313

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance
The Panels is a safe and reliable power conversion device which can provide
many years of safe dependable performance. Like any power conversion
device, preventive maintenance and a few basic safety guidelines are to be
followed.
Proper operation of the tracking system is critical. The tracking system

ensures that the reflector is positioned to maximize the solar energy
captured by tracking the sun throughout the day. This system will invert the
dish to the stow position at night or when environmental conditions are
outside of the systems operating range. The Bi-axial Drive, which is an
integral part of the tracking system, must have its oil changed every 10
years to ensure proper operation.
The ISS, designed with robust fail-safe circuitry that prevents harm to the
whole system in the event of component failure, has an expected 25-year
field life however several external components, with a service life less than
the 25-year field life, will need to be serviced or replaced if they fail. For
example, the batteries are constantly monitored by the Control System to
assure proper charge rates, discharge rate and capacity. A system fault is
triggered when the health of a battery declines below safe tolerances; the
system will either not slew to sun for normal operation or will return to stow
during normal operation.
Page No. 197 of 313

Cleaning
Mirror cleaning maintains system efficiency and promotes the long-life, high
output of the Unit. PV fouling is to be expected in the field life of this
product. Periodically cleaning the PV films will promote maximum efficiency
of the system.
Lightning
The unit has built-in lightning protection that requires external grounding. A
13 mm stainless steel stud/jam-nut is provided at the base of the chassis
pole to allow a heavy duty spade eyelet to be connected. This can be
interconnected to an external ground/ lightning protection system. Besides
this four lightning masts will be installed in the four corners of the solar field
for lighting of the solar field as well as lightning protection.
Page No. 198 of 313

Safety System
The unit a safe and reliable power conversion device that will provide many
years of safe dependable performance. Just as with any power conversion
device, good sense and a few basic safety guidelines should be heeded.
The importance of safety and the protection of personnel and equipment

cannot be overemphasized. The system must be designed to minimize
hazards to operation and maintenance personnel, the public, and equipment.
The control subsystem must be equipped with various fuses, built-in fault
detection and protection algorithms to protect the users, the loads, and the
PV system equipment. The safety of an operator or technician is of the
utmost importance. Personnel must be protected from electric shock by
following all available safety practices. Such as displaying high voltage
warning signs wherever necessary. In general, the system must adhere to
the IS Codes and standards dealing with safety issues.
Some of the important safety criteria are as follows:
Electrical components should be insulated and grounded
All high voltage terminations (> 50 Vdc) should be properly covered

and insulated
All component with elevated temperatures should be insulated against

contact with or exposure to personnel
Structures should be grounded and ground fault relays installed to give

warning of ground faults in the array or other electrical components.
Page No. 199 of 313

Constructional Requirement
Sheet Steel Thickness for Frame 2.5mm Cold rolled

Sheet Steel Thickness for Door 2.5mm Cold rolled
Sheet Steel Thickness for Covers 2.0mm Cold rolled
Degree of Protection IP 52
Colour Finish shade as per IS 5 for Epoxy Based seven tanks of Glossy
Interior white
Colour Finish shade as per IS 5 for Epoxy Based seven tanks of Shade
Exterior 631
Bus Bar Materials All alloy of E 91 Grade for main

Bus bar
Copper for auxiliary bus bars fully
insulated.
Bus bar installation Fully insulated.
Clearance in air of live parts 5 50 Degree Celsius

Phase to Phase 25.4mm
Phase to earth 19.4mm
Single front design All Panels
Draw out/ Fixed type Design Rate for IP 30

PCC ACB Draw out Type
MCCB Fixed/plug-in type
Incoming supply to PCCs Through cables
Vertical Cable alley Minimum 250mm
Cable Entry From Bottom
Page No. 200 of 313

LAYOUT
The General plant layout is shown in the general arrangement drawing

enclosed.
Planned site layout area.
The plot selected for the proposed power plant is 25 acres. Only 20.0 acres
are required the proposed power plant including plant roads & other building.
MAIN PLANT AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT.
Layout of control Room & Administration Building.

The Control building is envisaged in an area of 200 M2 and administration
building of 100 M2.
Civil Engineering Aspects.

Structural System.
Power Plant Building will have RCC framed structure, floors & roof &
brickwork cladding.
Loads
(a)Live Loads
The loads listed hereunder are minimum loads for the areas involved. Special
use areas will be designed for higher loads as necessary. Hung loads will be
based on minimum loading equivalents of 100Kgs/Sq .m for piping and
50Kgs/sq.m electrical, ventilation and air conditioning.
(i) Roofs : 3,750Kgs/Sq.m Plus hung loads
(b)Ground Floor.
(i) Control Rooms : 37,500Kgs/Sq.m
(ii) Offices : 18,750 Kgs/Sq.m Plus hung loads.
(c) Seismic Loading.

The lateral forces will be established in accordance with the
recommendations of IS- 893
Page No. 201 of 313

Reinforced Concrete Structure.
The following grades of concrete as par IS 456 will generally be consider

for civil work.
M 20 Structure concrete standard for pavement around building

including that for plinth protection work & non suspended
slabs.
M 25 Structural concrete-standard for other structure.
M 10 Mud mat.
M 7.5 Full concrete.
Reinforcing bars will be as per IS-432(Grade-1) for mild steel and as per IS-
1786 for High strength deformed bars.
Non Suspended ground floor shall consist of the following minimum

specification unless otherwise specified.
230 mm rubble soling blinded with murrum / sand over thoroughly

compacted earth fill.
50 mm thick lean concrete (m7.5)over soling
150mm thick lean concrete slab of grade M-20 (adequately reinforced)
over lean concrete
Proper slope will be provided for adequate draining of ground floor slab.
All expansion / separation joints in slabs shall be filled with premoulded
joint filler sealed with approved mastic sealing compound.
Architecture.
Architectural Concepts of structure should offer its own identity and be

aesthetically blended to give pleasing appearance. Functional needs of each
building will be maintained but without entailing expensive architectural
treatment.
Page No. 202 of 313

Walls
Walls shall be 230mm thick except toilet partitions, where same shall be 115
mm thick & 2100 mm tall loft on top.
False Ceiling
Plaster of parts board ceiling fixed to aluminum framework and suspended

from steel / R.C beams shall be provided for all air- conditioned spaces.
The illumination and duct grills in this area shall match the overall aesthetic.
Roof Drainage Systems
The system will be provided for removal of water from roof surface to avoid
damage to the roof structure of al building and shall consist of the following :
Roof drain Heads
Rain Water Down comers.
Fixtures
Building Finishes
Roof
All roofs shall be provided with extra heavy duty proofing treatment
comprising of ten courses using four layers of Hessian based bitumen felt and
five layers of bitumen paint finishing with 20 mm thick presses per cast
concrete tiles on 15 mm thick (1:4) cement : sand mortar underbed. Water
proofing treatment shall be laid over 75 mm thick foam concrete /25mm
thick expanded polystyrene insulation.
Page No. 203 of 313

Painting
External masonry surface of al building shall have water proof cement

paint super snowcem of equivalent.
Acrylic plastic emulsion paint shal be provided for control room, control
equipment room , computer room. UPS room and air- conditioned area
including entrance lobby.
All other area shall be provided with cement paint (available for internal
use) and white wash.
STRUCTURAL WORKS
MATERIALS
Structural Steel - ( All structure steel for array shall be tested quality and
shall conform to IS standard with galvanized coating.)
Electrodes - (Mild steel electrodes shall conform to IS:814. The contractor

shall furnish to the Engineer a certificate issued by the manufacturer to the
effect that) the electrodes supplied are in accordance with the above
specification. For welding in any particular position, the electrodes used shall
be those recommended by the manufacture for use in that position.
Other Materials - (Other materials used in association with steel work shall
comply with the appropriate Indian standard specification).
Commissioning & erection
All steel structures are assembling and installed at site. It is always consider
to maximum use to local resources for assembling and installation. Form
design concept, it is always consider utilization of local resources to
optimized project cost.
Page No. 204 of 313

ROAD WORK
Material
Stone for soling shal be consider for road construction of 2M wide array road.
Stone soiling with black bitumen road shall be consider for 4M wide road
Further details will be done on detail engineering stage .
Page No. 205 of 313

ESTIMATION OF POWER
The choice of a proper location is the first and the very essential step in solar
system design procedure. Even the most carefully planned solar system
doesnt work satisfactory, if the location wasnt properly chosen. It is critical
that the modules are exposed to sunlight without shadowing at least from 9
am to 3 pm; therefore, the properties and values of solar insolation should
be studied. The modules have to be fixed with proper tilt angle allowing the
system efficient operation.
Understanding the motion of the Sun is essential for proper solar systems
design and the choice of proper location for solar collectors or photovoltaic
modules. The solar path is described with the Sun path diagram. The Sun
path diagram is a very useful tool in the early photovoltaic system design
phase for shadowing determining. The most important geometrical
parameters, which describe Earth-Sun relations, include declination //, Sun
height // and Solar azimuth //. They are defined as follows:
h = 15o ( number of hours from/to solar noon )

n = day of the year
According to the equations above we can estimate the most proper

photovoltaic modules tilt employing the following equation:
Page No. 206 of 313

Declination
Tilt angle for different latitudes
Page No. 207 of 313

Declination changes throughout the year, therefore, the optimal tilt angle
changes as well. The optimal tilt angle of 46 N latitude can be seen in the
picture above.
Tilt and azimuth angle of photovoltaic modules
The proper tilt and azimuth angle choice is by far more important for
photovoltaic systems design than solar thermal system design. Manual or
automatic tilt angle adjustment can increase the total light-electricity
conversion up to 30 % and more in locations with high values of solar
radiation. Incidence angle should be as close to 90 as possible. Photovoltaic
module tilt angle and location choice in general require more care than solar
collectors tilt angle and location choice. Shaded locations, including partially
shaded, are not suitable for photovoltaic module fixation. Modules should be
south oriented. The following general recommendations should be
considered, if you design a photovoltaic system:
Yearly average maximum output power - the photovoltaic modules tilt

angle should equal local latitude.
Maximum output power in winter - the photovoltaic modules tilt angle

should equal local latitude + 15 (max +20). Such a tilt angle is a good
solution in areas, where the winter load is greater than the summer load. The
electricity consumption for lighting is greater during winter than summer.
Manual photovoltaic module tilt angle adjustment - in small systems

modules should be fixed in a way, which allows manual adjustment of the
module tilt angle.
Page No. 208 of 313

In March the tilt angle should be adjusted to equal latitude, in May the tilt
angle equals latitude minus 10 degrees, in September the tilt angle equals
latitude and in December the tilt angle equals latitude plus 10 degrees. With
such an adjustment the maximal efficiency could be obtained throughout the
year.
Accurate and maximum energy output of larger systems should be based on

exact calculations, because energy output is influenced by different factors,
such as local climatic conditions (solar radiation availability in different
seasons, local cloudiness or fogginess in winter, temperature and so on).
Page No. 209 of 313

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT
Technical Requirements : Grid Solar Power Plants
The following are some of the technical measures required to ensure quality of the PV modules and
1. PV Module Qualification
1.1 The PV modules used in the grid connected solar power projects must quality to the latest edition
of any of the following IEC PV module qualification test or equivalent BIS standards.
Crystalline SiliconSolar Cell Modules IEC 61215 Edition II
Thin Film Modules IEC 61646
Concentrator PV modules IEC 62108
1.2 In addition, PV modules must qualify to IEC 61730 Part I & II, for safety qualification testing. For
the PV modules to be used in a highly corrosive atmosphere throughout their lifetime, they must
qualify to IEC 61701.
2. Qualification of BoS items

2.1 The solar PV power plants set up under the Mission must use PV modules and other balance of
systems components, which must qualify to the latest edition of BIS or IEC standards issued in
this regard. The project developers must provide a copy of the relevant test reports and
certificates to IREDA.
3. Authorized Test Centers

3.1 The PV modules must be tested and approved by one of the IEC authorized test centers. In
addition a PV module qualification test certificate as per IEC standard, issued by ETDC, Bangalore
or Solar Energy Centre will also be valid.
3.2 Ministry will review the list of authorized testing laboratories/centers from time to time.
4 Warranty
4.1 The mechanical structures, electrical works including inverters/charge controllers/power
conditioning unit/maximum power point tracker, distribution board/digital meters and overall
workmanship of the roof top and small grid solar power plants must be warranted for a minimum
of 5 years.
4.2 PV modules used in solar power plants must be warranted for output wattage, which should not
be less than 90% at the end of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years.
5. Identification and Traceability

5.1 Each PV module used in any solar power project must use a RF identification tag. The following
(i) Name of the manufacturer of PV Module
(ii) Name of the Manufacturer of Solar cells
(iii) Month and year of the manufacture (separately for solar cells and module)
(iv) Country of origin (separately for solar cells and module)
(v) I-V curve for the module
(vi) Wattage, Im, Vm and FF for the module
(vii) Unique Serial No and Model No of the module
(viii) Date and year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate
(ix) Name of the test lab issuing IEC certificate
(x) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per ISO 9000 series.
Page No. 210 of 313

SCADA
SCADA stands for supervisory control and data acquisition. It generally refers
to an industrial control system: a computer system monitoring and
controlling a process. The process can be industrial, infrastructure or facility-
based as described below:
Industrial processes include those of manufacturing, production, power

generation, fabrication, and refining, and may run in continuous,
batch, repetitive, or discrete modes.
Infrastructure processes may be public or private, and include water
treatment and distribution, wastewater collection and treatment, oil
and gas pipelines, electrical power transmission and distribution, Wind
Farms, civil defense siren systems, and large communication systems.
Facility processes occur both in public facilities and private ones,
including buildings, airports, ships, and space stations. They monitor
and control HVAC, access, and energy consumption.
Common system components
A SCADA System usually consists of the following subsystems:
A Human-Machine Interface or HMI is the apparatus which presents

process data to a human operator, and through this, the human
operator monitors and controls the process.
A supervisory (computer) system, gathering (acquiring) data on the
process and sending commands (control) to the process.
Remote Terminal Units (RTUs) connecting to sensors in the process,
converting sensor signals to digital data and sending digital data to the
supervisory system.
Page No. 211 of 313

Programmable Logic Controller (PLCs) used as field devices because
they are more economical, versatile, flexible, and configurable than
special-purpose RTUs.
Communication infrastructure connecting the supervisory system to
the Remote Terminal Units.
Supervision vs. control
There is, in several industries, considerable confusion over the differences

between SCADA systems and distributed control systems (DCS). Generally
speaking, a SCADA system usually refers to a system that coordinates, but
does not control processes in real time. The discussion on real-time control
is muddied somewhat by newer telecommunications technology, enabling
reliable, low latency, high speed communications over wide areas. Most
differences between SCADA and DCS are culturally determined and can
usually be ignored. As communication infrastructures with higher capacity
become available, the difference between SCADA and DCS will fade.
Systems concepts
The term SCADA usually refers to centralized systems which monitor and
control entire sites, or complexes of systems spread out over large areas
(anything between an industrial plant and a country). Most control actions
are performed automatically by Remote Terminal Units ("RTUs") or by
programmable logic controllers ("PLCs"). Host control functions are usually
restricted to basic overriding or supervisory level intervention. For example,
a PLC may control the flow of cooling water through part of an industrial
process, but the SCADA system may allow operators to change the set points
for the flow, and enable alarm conditions, such as loss of flow and high
temperature, to be displayed and recorded. The feedback control loop passes
through the RTU or PLC, while the SCADA system monitors the overall
performance of the loop.
Page No. 212 of 313

Data acquisition begins at the RTU or PLC level and includes meter readings
and equipment status reports that are communicated to SCADA as required.
Data is then compiled and formatted in such a way that a control room
operator using the HMI can make supervisory decisions to adjust or override
normal RTU (PLC) controls. Data may also be fed to a Historian, often built
on a commodity Database Management System, to allow trending and other
analytical auditing.
SCADA systems typically implement a distributed database, commonly

referred to as a tag database, which contains data elements called tags or
points. A point represents a single input or output value monitored or
controlled by the system. Points can be either "hard" or "soft".
Page No. 213 of 313

A hard point represents an actual input or output within the system, while a
soft point results from logic and math operations applied to other points.
(Most implementations conceptually remove the distinction by making every
property a "soft" point expression, which may, in the simplest case, equal a
single hard point.) Points are normally stored as value-timestamp pairs: a
value, and the timestamp when it was recorded or calculated. A series of
value-timestamp pairs gives the history of that point. It's also common to
store additional metadata with tags, such as the path to a field device or PLC
register, design time comments, and alarm information.
Human Machine Interface
Typical Basic SCADA Animations.
A Human-Machine Interface or HMI is the apparatus which presents process

data to a human operator, and through which the human operator controls
the process.
Page No. 214 of 313

An HMI is usually linked to the SCADA system's databases and software
programs, to provide trending, diagnostic data, and management information
such as scheduled maintenance procedures, logistic information, detailed
schematics for a particular sensor or machine, and expert-system
troubleshooting guides.
The HMI system usually presents the information to the operating personnel
graphically, in the form of a mimic diagram. This means that the operator
can see a schematic representation of the plant being controlled. For
example, a picture of a pump connected to a pipe can show the operator that
the pump is running and how much fluid it is pumping through the pipe at
the moment. The operator can then switch the pump off. The HMI software
will show the flow rate of the fluid in the pipe decrease in real time. Mimic
diagrams may consist of line graphics and schematic symbols to represent
process elements, or may consist of digital photographs of the process
equipment overlain with animated symbols.
The HMI package for the SCADA system typically includes a drawing program
that the operators or system maintenance personnel use to change the way
these points are represented in the interface. These representations can be
as simple as an on-screen traffic light, which represents the state of an
actual traffic light in the field, or as complex as a multi-projector display
representing the position of all of the elevators in a skyscraper or all of the
trains on a railway.
An important part of most SCADA implementations is alarm handling. The

system monitors whether certain alarm conditions are satisfied, to determine
when an alarm event has occurred. Once an alarm event has been detected,
one or more actions are taken (such as the activation of one or more alarm
indicators, and perhaps the generation of email or text messages so that
management or remote SCADA operators are informed).
Page No. 215 of 313

In many cases, a SCADA operator may have to acknowledge the alarm
event; this may deactivate some alarm indicators, whereas other indicators
remain active until the alarm conditions are cleared. Alarm conditions can be
explicit - for example, an alarm point is a digital status point that has either
the value NORMAL or ALARM that is calculated by a formula based on the
values in other analogue and digital points - or implicit: the SCADA system
might automatically monitor whether the value in an analogue point lies
outside high and low limit values associated with that point. Examples of
alarm indicators include a siren, a pop-up box on a screen, or a coloured or
flashing area on a screen (that might act in a similar way to the "fuel tank
empty" light in a car); in each case, the role of the alarm indicator is to draw
the operator's attention to the part of the system 'in alarm' so that
appropriate action can be taken. In designing SCADA systems, care is
needed in coping with a cascade of alarm events occurring in a short time,
otherwise the underlying cause (which might not be the earliest event
detected) may get lost in the noise. Unfortunately, when used as a noun, the
word 'alarm' is used rather loosely in the industry; thus, depending on
context it might mean an alarm point, an alarm indicator, or an alarm event.
Hardware solutions
SCADA solutions often have Distributed Control System (DCS) components.

Use of "smart" RTUs or PLCs, which are capable of autonomously executing
simple logic processes without involving the master computer, is increasing.
A functional block programming language, IEC 61131-3 (Ladder Logic), is
frequently used to create programs which run on these RTUs and PLCs.
Unlike a procedural language such as the C programming language or
FORTRAN, IEC 61131-3 has minimal training requirements by virtue of
resembling historic physical control arrays.
Page No. 216 of 313

This allows SCADA system engineers to perform both the design and
implementation of a program to be executed on an RTU or PLC. A
Programmable automation controller (PAC) is a compact controller that
combines the features and capabilities of a PC-based control system with that
of a typical PLC. PACs are deployed in SCADA systems to provide RTU and
PLC functions. In many electrical substation SCADA applications, "distributed
RTUs" use information processors or station computers to communicate with
protective relays, PACS, and other devices for I/O, and communicate with the
SCADA master in lieu of a traditional RTU.
Since about 1998, virtually all major PLC manufacturers have offered
integrated HMI/SCADA systems, many of them using open and non-
proprietary communications protocols. Numerous specialized third-party
HMI/SCADA packages, offering built-in compatibility with most major PLCs,
have also entered the market, allowing mechanical engineers, electrical
engineers and technicians to configure HMIs themselves, without the need
for a custom-made program written by a software developer.
Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)
The RTU connects to physical equipment. Typically, an RTU converts the

electrical signals from the equipment to digital values such as the
open/closed status from a switch or a valve, or measurements such as
pressure, flow, voltage or current. By converting and sending these electrical
signals out to equipment the RTU can control equipment, such as opening or
closing a switch or a valve, or setting the speed of a pump.
Page No. 217 of 313

Supervisory Station
The term "Supervisory Station" refers to the servers and software

responsible for communicating with the field equipment (RTUs, PLCs, etc),
and then to the HMI software running on workstations in the control room, or
elsewhere. In smaller SCADA systems, the master station may be composed
of a single PC. In larger SCADA systems, the master station may include
multiple servers, distributed software applications, and disaster recovery
sites. To increase the integrity of the system the multiple servers will often
be configured in a dual-redundant or hot-standby formation providing
continuous control and monitoring in the event of a server failure.
Operational philosophy
For some installations, the costs that would result from the control system
failing are extremely high. Possibly even lives could be lost. Hardware for
some SCADA systems is ruggedized to withstand temperature, vibration, and
voltage extremes, but in most critical installations reliability is enhanced by
having redundant hardware and communications channels, up to the point of
having multiple fully equipped control centres. A failing part can be quickly
identified and its functionality automatically taken over by backup hardware.
A failed part can often be replaced without interrupting the process. The
reliability of such systems can be calculated statistically and is stated as the
mean time to failure, which is a variant of mean time between failures. The
calculated mean time to failure of such high reliability systems can be on the
order of centuries.
Page No. 218 of 313

Communication infrastructure and methods
SCADA systems have traditionally used combinations of radio and direct

serial or modem connections to meet communication requirements, although
Ethernet and IP over SONET / SDH is also frequently used at large sites such
as railways and power stations. The remote management or monitoring
function of a SCADA system is often referred to as telemetry.
This has also come under threat with some customers wanting SCADA data
to travel over their pre-established corporate networks or to share the
network with other applications. The legacy of the early low-bandwidth
protocols remains, though. SCADA protocols are designed to be very compact
and many are designed to send information to the master station only when
the master station polls the RTU. Typical legacy SCADA protocols include
Modbus RTU, RP-570, Profibus and Conitel. These communication protocols
are all SCADA-vendor specific but are widely adopted and used. Standard
protocols are IEC 60870-5-101 or 104, IEC 61850 and DNP3. These
communication protocols are standardized and recognized by all major
SCADA vendors. Many of these protocols now contain extensions to operate
over TCP/IP. It is good security engineering practice to avoid connecting
SCADA systems to the Internet so the attack surface is reduced.
RTUs and other automatic controller devices were being developed before the
advent of industry wide standards for interoperability. The result is that
developers and their management created a multitude of control protocols.
Among the larger vendors, there was also the incentive to create their own
protocol to "lock in" their customer base. A list of automation protocols is
being compiled here.
Page No. 219 of 313

Recently, OLE for Process Control (OPC) has become a widely accepted
solution for intercommunicating different hardware and software, allowing
communication even between devices originally not intended to be part of an
industrial network.
SCADA architectures
The United States Army's Training Manual 5-601 covers "SCADA Systems for
C4ISR Facilities".
SCADA systems have evolved through 3 generations as follows:
Page No. 220 of 313

First generation: "Monolithic"
In the first generation, computing was done by mainframe systems.

Networks didnt exist at the time SCADA was developed. Thus SCADA
systems were independent systems with no connectivity to other systems.
Wide Area Networks were later designed by RTU vendors to communicate
with the RTU. The communication protocols used were often proprietary at
that time. The first-generation SCADA system was redundant since a back-up
mainframe system was connected at the bus level and was used in the event
of failure of the primary mainframe system.
Second generation: "Distributed"
The processing was distributed across multiple stations which were

connected through a LAN and they shared information in real time. Each
station was responsible for a particular task thus making the size and cost of
each station less than the one used in First Generation. The network
protocols used were still mostly proprietary, which led to significant security
problems for any SCADA system that received attention from a hacker. Since
the protocols were proprietary, very few people beyond the developers and
hackers knew enough to determine how secure a SCADA installation was.
Since both parties had vested interests in keeping security issues quiet, the
security of a SCADA installation was often badly overestimated, if it was
considered at all.
Third generation: "Networked"
These are the current generation SCADA systems which use open system
architecture rather than a vendor-controlled proprietary environment. The
SCADA system utilizes open standards and protocols, thus distributing
functionality across a WAN rather than a LAN.
Page No. 221 of 313

It is easier to connect third party peripheral devices like printers, disk drives,
and tape drives due to the use of open architecture. WAN protocols such as
Internet Protocol (IP) are used for communication between the master
station and communications equipment. Due to the usage of standard
protocols and the fact that many networked SCADA systems are accessible
from the Internet, the systems are potentially vulnerable to remote cyber-
attacks. On the other hand, the usage of standard protocols and security
techniques means that standard security improvements are applicable to the
SCADA systems, assuming they receive timely maintenance and updates.
Trends in SCADA
There is a trend for PLC and HMI/SCADA software to be more "mix-and-

match". In the mid 1990s, the typical DAQ I/O manufacturer supplied
equipment that communicated using proprietary protocols over a suitable-
distance carrier like RS-485. End users who invested in a particular vendor's
hardware solution often found themselves restricted to a limited choice of
equipment when requirements changed (e.g. system expansions or
performance improvement). To mitigate such problems, open communication
protocols such as IEC IEC 60870-5-101 or 104, IEC 61850, DNP3 serial, and
DNP3 LAN/WAN became increasingly popular among SCADA equipment
manufacturers and solution providers alike. Open architecture SCADA
systems enabled users to mix-and-match products from different vendors to
develop solutions that were better than those that could be achieved when
restricted to a single vendor's product offering. Towards the late 1990s, the
shift towards open communications continued with individual I/O
manufacturers as well, who adopted open message structures such as
Modbus RTU and Modbus ASCII (originally both developed by Modicon) over
RS-485. By 2000, most I/O makers offered completely open interfacing such
as Modbus TCP over Ethernet and IP.
Page No. 222 of 313

The North American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) has specified that
electrical system data should be time-tagged to the nearest millisecond.
Electrical system SCADA systems provide this Sequence of events recorder
function, using Radio clocks to synchronize the RTU or distributed RTU
clocks.
SCADA systems are coming in line with standard networking technologies.

Ethernet and TCP/IP based protocols are replacing the older proprietary
standards. Although certain characteristics of frame-based network
communication technology (determinism, synchronization, protocol selection,
environment suitability) have restricted the adoption of Ethernet in a few
specialized applications, the vast majority of markets have accepted Ethernet
networks for HMI/SCADA.
With the emergence of software as a service in the broader software

industry, a few vendors have begun offering application specific SCADA
systems hosted on remote platforms over the Internet. This removes the
need to install and commission systems at the end-user's facility and takes
advantage of security features already available in Internet technology, VPNs
and SSL. Some concerns include security,[2] Internet connection reliability,
and latency.
SCADA systems are becoming increasingly ubiquitous. Thin clients, web

portals, and web based products are gaining popularity with most major
vendors. The increased convenience of end users viewing their processes
remotely introduces security considerations. While these considerations are
already considered solved in other sectors of Internet services, not all
entities responsible for deploying SCADA systems have understood the
changes in accessibility and threat scope implicit in connecting a system to
the Internet.
Page No. 223 of 313

Security issues
The move from proprietary technologies to more standardized and open

solutions together with the increased number of connections between SCADA
systems and office networks and the Internet has made them more
vulnerable to attacks - see references. Consequently, the security of SCADA-
based systems has come into question as they are increasingly seen as
extremely vulnerable to cyberwarfare/cyberterrorism attacks.[3][4]
In particular, security researchers are concerned about:
the lack of concern about security and authentication in the design,

deployment and operation of existing SCADA networks
the belief that SCADA systems have the benefit of security through
obscurity through the use of specialized protocols and proprietary
interfaces
the belief that SCADA networks are secure because they are physically
secured
the belief that SCADA networks are secure because they are
disconnected from the Internet
SCADA systems are used to control and monitor physical processes,

examples of which are transmission of electricity, transportation of gas and
oil in pipelines, water distribution, traffic lights, and other systems used as
the basis of modern society. The security of these SCADA systems is
important because compromise or destruction of these systems would impact
multiple areas of society far removed from the original compromise.
Page No. 224 of 313

For example, a blackout caused by a compromised electrical SCADA system
would cause financial losses to all the customers that received electricity
from that source. How security will affect legacy SCADA and new
deployments remains to be seen.
There are two distinct threats to a modern SCADA system. First is the threat
of unauthorized access to the control software, whether it be human access
or changes induced intentionally or accidentally by virus infections and other
software threats residing on the control host machine. Second is the threat of
packet access to the network segments hosting SCADA devices. In many
cases, there is rudimentary or no security on the actual packet control
protocol, so anyone who can send packets to the SCADA device can control
it. In many cases SCADA users assume that a VPN is sufficient protection and
are unaware that physical access to SCADA-related network jacks and
switches provides the ability to totally bypass all security on the control
software and fully control those SCADA networks. These kinds of physical
access attacks bypass firewall and VPN security and are best addressed by
endpoint-to-endpoint authentication and authorization such as are commonly
provided in the non-SCADA world by in-device SSL or other cryptographic
techniques.
Many vendors of SCADA and control products have begun to address these
risks in a basic sense by developing lines of specialized industrial firewall and
VPN solutions for TCP/IP-based SCADA networks. Additionally, application
whitelisting solutions are being implemented because of their ability to
prevent malware and unauthorized application changes without the
performance impacts of traditional antivirus scan.
Page No. 225 of 313

Also, the ISA Security Compliance Institute (ISCI) is emerging to formalize
SCADA security testing starting as soon as 2009. ISCI is conceptually similar
to private testing and certification that has been performed by vendors since
2007. Eventually, standards being defined by ISA99 WG4 will supersede the
initial industry consortia efforts, but probably not before 2011 .
The increased interest in SCADA vulnerabilities has resulted in vulnerability

researchers discovering vulnerabilities in commercial SCADA software and
more general offensive SCADA techniques presented to the general security
community. In electric and gas utility SCADA systems, the vulnerability of
the large installed base of wired and wireless serial communications links is
addressed in some cases by applying bump-in-the-wire devices that employ
authentication and Advanced Encryption Standard encryption rather than
replacing all existing nodes.
Products for SCADA Automated Monitoring and Control
SCADA systems consist of a supervisory computer running HMI (Human-

Machine Interface) software and control units performing data acquisition
and control functions.
Page No. 226 of 313

The control units make measurements as well as report back to and execute
commands from the supervisory computer. The versatility and reliability of
our control units set our systems apart from others. These units provide
many benefits that PLCs do not.
SCADA System Benefits
1. Control units function as PLCs, RTUs, or DCUs.
2. Control units perform advanced measurement and control independent

of the central computer.
3. PID control continues, even if communications to the main computer

are lost.
4. Control units have many channel types to measure most available

sensors.
5. Systems are compatible with our own or other vendors' HMI software
packages.
6. Control units have their own UPS; during ac power loss, they continue
to measure and store time-stamped data.
7. Control units provide on-board statistical and mathematical

processing.
8. Systems are easily expandable: add new sites or add sensors to

existing sites.
9. Control units have wide operating temperature ranges and operate in

rugged environments.
Page No. 227 of 313

SCADA Control Units
The control units, the CR510, CR10X, CR800, CR850, CR1000, CR3000, or
CR5000 function as PLCs (Programmable Logic Controllers), RTUs (Remote
Terminal Units), or DCUs (Distributed Control Units). These control units can
be linked using ethernet (10 or 100 MB Tlink) or other communications
options. Because they have their own operating systems, our control units
can be programmed, without ladder logic, to perform advanced measurement
and control functions. This eliminates the need for the supervisory computer
to do the minute-by-minute control and data acquisition and means that PID
control continues, even if communications to the supervisory computer are
lost. The control units also provide on-board statistical and mathematical
capabilities for data reduction at the remote site and can store up to 2 million
time-stamped data points, depending on the model used.
Another major advantage of the systems is that they are easily equipped
with an Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS), typically rechargeable batteries
and/or solar panels. During power loss, they continue to measure and store
time-stamped data, which can be later transmitted to the supervisory
computer.
SCADA Sensors
Almost any sensor may be used with the measurement and control system,
allowing customization for each operation. Each of the control units features
a variety of channel types for flexibility in measuring many different types of
sensors. For example, magnetic flowmeters can be measured using pulse
counting channels instead of being measured as a 4-20 mA signal. Likewise,
ultrasonic level transmitters can be measured using SDI-12 protocol on
digital ports instead of as a 4-20 mA signal. The control units also provide
extensive signal conditioning and are easily expandable.
Page No. 228 of 313

SCADA Communications
The control units support multiple communications options, including:

ethernet, radio, telephone, cellphone, voice synthesized phone, and satellite.
They also feature peer-to-peer event and polled communication, and can call
out to a computer, telephone numbers and/or pagers. Remote lift stations,
reservoirs, and pumping stations transmit data via dial up leased phone
lines, cell phone, radio, or wide area network T1 links.
SCADA Software
The supervisory computer consists of a PC running either HMI software or

another vendor's software. InTouch, Intellution, Lookout, and other software
packages can be used in conjunction with our OPC client/server software
application. Like other HMI software packages, the software provides a
graphical interface that the operator uses to view the status of remote sites,
acknowledge alarms, and control the units.
SCADA Example Application
Monitor on/off status of pumps

Sedimentation Tank Control coliform, TSS, and on/off
status of pumps
Monitor torque
Clarifier Control on/off status and torque
alarms
Page No. 229 of 313

Generator Monitor and control temperatures
and flow rates within exhaust heat
recovery unit and heat exchanger
Monitor on/off status of pumps and

Trickling Filter blowers, dissolved oxygen, flow
rate, and wetwell level
Control on/off status of pumps and
blowers.
Monitor ORP
Chlorine Contact Tank Control Cl2and SO2 injection
Monitor and control temperature

Digester
Page No. 230 of 313

Internal transmission
Page No. 231 of 313

CONTROL, INTERNAL TRANSMISSION AND EVACUATION OF POWER
Page No. 232 of 313

Inter connection facility
The power generated from the power plant will be transmitted through the
grid of RSEB. RSEB operates a high voltage transmission and distribution
network in the Jhunjhunu, Rajasthan. It is envisaged that the solar
generation plant will be connected to the 33 kV high voltage network.
The concentrating solar project size is proposed to be 5MW. This higher

rating solar power plant would feed the generated power to high voltage
electricity grid of state distribution company. The proposed plant will be
connected to the 33 kV transmission systems through an 11kV/33 kV
substation. This involves an 11kV/33 kV power transformer; underground
cables and overhead lines at 11kV and 33 kV with at least 15 MVA rated
capacity. The network connection is designed to carry rated power on a 24-
hour basis. For connection to the 33 kV transmission grid, Indian Electricity
Rules / CEAs regulations will be followed and the connection will meet State
Grid code requirements.
This study and design is based on the following
Load flow studies,

Dynamic stability assessment,
Connection substation concept design, and
Protection design (connection substation and transmission line).
The Energy accounting metering system will be installed at 11 kV or 33 kV

Power Station bus to account electric energy generated by the power plant
and delivered to the local grid of RSEB or State Grid of RSEB and the
electrical energy imported from the grid during the non power period. The
energy meter will measure import and export energy parameters. This meter
will be sealed by State Electricity Board.
Page No. 233 of 313

PROJECT EXECUTION PLAN
Page No. 234 of 313

IMPLEMENT CONCEPT
The project is planned to be implemented at the earliest. The most essential

aspect regarding the implementation of this project is to ensure that the
project is completed within the schedule, spanning 6 months from
the placement purchase-order.
A good planning, scheduling, and monitoring program is imperative to
complete the project on time and without cost overruns.
The project zero date start once the kick- off meeting has taken place and
the approval is received
PROJECT IMPLEMETATION STRATEGY.
It is envisaged that the project will have the below mentioned phase of
activities.
These phases are not mutually exclusive; to implement the project on fast
track basis some degree of overlapping is envisaged.
Phase I Project Development

Phase II Finalization of the Equipment and contracts
Phase III Procurement and Construction.
Phase IV Plant Commissioning
Phase I Project Development
In a power project, development of the project plays an important role.

Almost 50% of the work of the work is done if one achieves power purchase
agreement from the respective state utilities.
Page No. 235 of 313

The project development starts with visits to the region, understanding about
the regional conditions, socio economic conditions, transportation facilities
and infrastructure facilities available in the region.
Apart from the above the below listed task will be under project
development.
Submission of DPR
Power purchase agreement (PPA)
Expedite central Regulatory Authority clearance
Land acquisition / Mortgage.
During this phase, a project team will be formed during the

execution of the project. The Engineers from group will be involved
from early stages of execution of the project. This would give them
the opportunity to familiarize with the equipment and systems being
installed. These personnel should involve with the critical team of installation
and commissioning. After the plant being commissioned, these engineers
and technicians would occupy key positions in the organization structure
for the operation and maintenance of the plant.
The responsibility of the project team shall be:
Planning and programming of all the resources required for project

completion.
Inspection of major fabrication items
Organize the construction and commissioning of the plant
Monitoring and controlling the project progress
Execute the project within the planned budget.
Page No. 236 of 313

Phase II Finalization of the Equipment and Contracts
In the power plant module and junction boxes are the lead items and the
planning schedule for the project implementation should provide adequate
time period for the acquisition and installation of these equipment. The
specifications for major equipment shall be drawn up at an early stage of the
project. Program of design information, from the equipment suppliers,
that satisfies the overall project schedule shall be drawn up. Since,
the project execution calls for closer coordination among the
contractors, consultants and the company, proper contract co-
ordination and monitoring procedures shall be made to plan and the project
progress.
Phase III- Procurement and Construction
The procurement is an important function of the implementation of the

project. Once the purchase order is placed, the project team follows up
regularly to ensure smooth and timely execution of the contract
and for obtaining technical information for the inter package engineering.
When the contracts for the equipment are awarded, detailed programmed in
the form of network are tied up with the supplier to clearly
indicate the owners obligations and the suppliers responsibility. And upon
placement of the purchase order, the project team follows up regularly to
ensure smooth and timely execution of the contract and or obtaining
technical information for the inter package engineering. The
procurement activity includes review of drawing, expediting, stage
and final pre delivery inspection, supervision of installation and
commissioning.
Page No. 237 of 313

During construction the erection and commissioning phase of all the
contracts proceed simultaneously. Adequate power and water shall be made
available for the construction
Phase IV- Erection and commissioning Phase
The commissioning phase in a project is one where design,

manufacturing erection and quality assurance expertise are put to test. The
commissioning team will be from manufacturer of the equipment,
consultant and the company. As discussed in the earlier section, staff
identified to operate the plant will be involved in the commissioning phase
of the project it self. When construction phase is complete, the check
list designed to ensure that the plant has been properly installed
with appropriate safety measures. The commissioning team will follow the
internal operating instruction. The plant shall be subjected to a performance
test.
Page No. 238 of 313

Page No. 239 of 313
Preliminary work -Responsibility Matrix PV Cell based Solar
Power plant
Sl No
Description Responsibility
Techno Installa
logy Project tion
Develo Coordin PV cell Contrac
per ator Manuf Client tor
1 Land X
Design Area of land X
Provision of Land X
2 PV cell Bank
a. Design and Selection and procurement X

b. Support Structures, Design and
procurement X
c Foundation work for PV Panels-=Design X
d Design of PV cell JBs and Connectors X

Interconnection Cables between Cell
3
and Inverters X
Design Selection and supply of

4
Inverters X
5
Low Voltage system Panels Design X
Power Transformer Design and
6
procurment X
7 33KV switchgear Design for Power evacuation X

8 Cables Design
Power Cables Between Cells and Inverter X
Power Cables after Inverter X
9 Civil works- Design of Buildings X
Page No. 240 of 313

Preliminary work -Responsibility Matrix PV Cell based Solar
Power plant
Sl No
Description Responsibility
Techno Installa
logy Project tion
Develo Coordin PV cell Contrac
per ator Manuf Client tor
10 Civil work -Design X
Civil work- cost of Buildings X
Civil work -Cost of Road , drainage X
supply cost for X
a. LV Panels X
b. Power and Control Cables X
c. 33Kv Switchgear X
d. Power Transformer X
e. Grounding system Materials X
f. Lighting systems, Lightning Protections
10 Basic Engineering =Know how &Technology X

Consultant visit expenses X
Detailed engineering X X
11 33kV Transmission Line 5 KM (Approx) X

12 Installation works X
A Ground area preparation X

Survey X
Compaction and Levelling X
B Civil works for Roads , drainage ` X

Civil work for Buildings X
Civil work for 33KV switchyard X
Civil work for Inverter foundations X
C PV cells Installation X
Support strcutures
Foundation work
13 Pre commtioning Test and Commissioning X
Page No. 241 of 313

STEPS FOR PROJECT
EXECUTION
Page No. 242 of 313

Step by Step Procedure
The entire process is a two step process; the first step is with the state
authorities and the second with a suitable power purchasing utility.
Stage 1
Pre registration with the state nodal agency i.e RREC (Rajasthan renewable
energy corporation) in case of Rajasthan. It is envisaged that the State Level
Agencies will provide necessary support to facilitate the development of the
Projects. This may include facilitation in the following areas:-
Access to Sites
Water Allocation for power Projects
Land acquisition for the project
Connectivity to the grid substation from the State Transmission Utility
(STU).
Preliminary evaluation of the detailed project report.
After this stage all the projects fulfilling the necessary requirements would
be short listed and the second stage would start.
Stage 2:
NVVN shall invite project developers to participate in the Expression of

Interest for solar power development under this scheme. NVVN would
provide a format for filing the application.
Page No. 243 of 313

Now the final allotment is to be decided based on following criteria:
A. Financial Criteria
Net Worth
The Net Worth of the company should be equal to or greater than the value
calculated at the rate of Rs 2 Crore or equivalent US$ per MW of the project
capacity. The computation of Net Worth shall be based on unconsolidated
audited annual accounts of the company. For the purpose of the computation
of net worth, the best year in the last three years shall be considered. The
Company, would thus be required, to submit annual audited accounts for the
financial years 2007-08, 2008-09 and 2009-10, while indicating the year,
which should be considered for evaluation.
B. Technical Criteria
Under the Phase I of the JNNSM, it is proposed to promote only commercially

established and operational technologies to minimize the technology risk and
to achieve the commissioning of the Projects. The Project Developer shall
propose deployment for commercially established technology wherein there
is at least one Project operational of the proposed technology, for last two
years, anywhere in the world.
C. Land Arrangement for the Project
The Project Developer should have made arrangements for at least 50% of
the area of the land required for the project at the time of submitting EoI to
NVVN. For this purpose, the land requirement shall be considered as 2
Hectares/MW. Any one of following specified below shall meet this criteria:
Page No. 244 of 313

a. In case of Government Land, an allotment letter issued by State
Government
b. In case of Private Land, the Solar Project Developer should have entered
into Agreement for Sale of land with the owner of the land
D. Connectivity with the Grid
The plant should be designed for interconnection with the grid at the voltage
level of 33 kV or above. Further, the interconnections should be at the grid
substation (the substation should be 33kv/132kv or higher voltage levels)
and not the distribution substation. In this regard, the Project Developer shall
submit a letter from the State Transmission Utility (STU) confirming technical
feasibility of the connectivity of the plant to the grid substation. The
transmission arrangement from the plant to the Substation shall be the
responsibility of the developer.
E. Water Arrangement
In case of Solar Thermal Projects, the Project Developer should have made
adequate arrangements for water required for the Project. The project
Developer shall submit the documentary evidence in the form of approval
from the competent State/local authority for the quantity of water required
for the power station.
7. Domestic Content
The Mission recognizes that indigenous manufacturing capacity for solar

power equipment is vital if the goal of 20,000 MW of solar power is to be met
by 2020. Therefore it becomes mandatory to introduce criteria for ensuring
domestic content for Phase I Projects. The same shall be as under:
Page No. 245 of 313

a. In case of Solar PV Technology It is proposed that all deployment under
the scheme should use a module manufactured in India and it is also
proposed to mandate the use of the cell manufactured in India (The pros and
cons of this could be debated)
b. In case of Solar Thermal Technology 30% of the total project cost

should be utilized for domestic equipment.
8. Short-listing of Projects
NVVN shall evaluate only those EOIs, which are received by the appointed
date and time at the head office of NVVN. NVVN will announce the list of all
the projects meeting the criteria irrespective of the share of technologies of
the projects satisfying the criteria.
Page No. 246 of 313

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Page No. 247 of 313

PROJECT COST BREAK-UP
STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATED COST OF PROJECT
(RS IN LACS)
SL
NO PARTICULARS TOTAL
COST OF THE PROJECT

a Land and site development 137.50
b Fencing & Civil Work 60.00
c Building & other Construction 165.45
d Solar Panels & other Installation 8,368.40
e Pre Operative Expenses 410.50
TOTAL COST OF PROJECT 9,141.85
Land and site development
Fencing & Civil Work
Building & other

Construction
Solar Panels & other
Installation
Pre Operative Expenses
Page No. 248 of 313

MEANS OF FINANCE
STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATED MEANS OF FINANCE
(RS IN LACS)
SL
MEANS OF FINANCE
a Share Capital 2,300.00
b Term Loan-Bank 6,400.00
c Unsecured Loan 441.85
TOTAL MEANS OF FINANCE 9,141.85
Share Capital
Term Loan-Bank
Unsecured Loan
Page No. 249 of 313

ASSUMPTIONS & ESTIMATES
The capital cost of the plant has been estimated taking into account the
cost of civil & structure works, transportation, installation, testing,
commissioning charges and contingencies.
The cost of material and electrical equipment has been estimated based
on budgetary quotation received previous quotations for other projects
and in house cost data suitable altered.
Excise duty is exempted as per MNRE consideration.
Packing, forwarding, inland transportation and insurance at the rate of

2.5% for all equipment and systems including spares have been
considered.
Erection, testing and commissioning charges are considered as 8% of

supply cost for mechanical and electrical equipment.
3% of the equipment cost has been considered towards cost of initial

spares.
Cost of civil works has been estimated based on data

available for similar projects.
Power plant life is considered as 25 years.
Page No. 250 of 313

KEY PARAMETERS
1 Project Specifications
1.1 Name of the project PV Solar Power Plant
1.2 Country where the project is situated India
1.3 Project Capacity 10 MW
2 Generation and sale of energy
2.1 Annual power generation from the Project Laks kWhr 164.23
2.2 Plant Load Factor % 25.42%
2.3 Maximum field Losses % 1.00%
2.4 Net power generated Laks kWhr 74.00
2.5 Net power sold Laks kWhr 74.00
2.6 Tariff Required (levelised for 25 years) Rs. 7.91
2.8 Annual Degration in efficiency (%) % 0.50%
3 Operation and maintenance(incl insurance)
3.1 O& M Per year per centage of Project cost % 1.25%
3.2 Annual Escalation % 5.00%
4 Long term loan
4.1 The interest rate % 12.50%
5 Depreciation
5.1 Plant life assumed for working of Year 25
5.2 Salvage value % 10.00%
5.3 Rate of Depreciation (1st 10 years) % 7.00%
5.4 Rate of Depreciation (From 11th years) % 1.33%
6 Financial Parameters
6.1 Debt / equity ratio 70:30
6.2 Equity & Directors Investment Rs. In laks 2,741.85
6.3 Long Term loan Rs. In laks 6,400.00
6.4 Total cost Rs. In laks 9,141.85
6.5 Income tax holiday Years 10.00
Page No. 251 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATED COST OF PROJECT
(RS IN LACS)
SL
COST OF THE PROJECT

a Land and site development 137.50
b Fencing & Civil Work 60.00
c Building & other Construction 165.45
d Solar Panels & other Installation 8,368.40
e Pre Operative Expenses 410.50
TOTAL COST OF PROJECT 9,141.85
STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATED MEANS OF FINANCE
(RS IN LACS)
SL
MEANS OF FINANCE
a Share Capital 2,300.00
b Term Loan-Bank 6,400.00
c Unsecured Loan 441.85
TOTAL MEANS OF FINANCE 9,141.85
Page No. 252 of 313

Rs. In Lacs
STATEMENT SHOWING PROJECTED BALANCE SHEET
OPERATING YEARS
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
SOURCES OF FUNDS
SHARE HOLDERS FUNDS:
Promoters Capital 2,300.00 2,300.00 2,300.00 2,300.00 2,300.00
Secured Loan
Unsecured Loans 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85
Resrves & Surplus 45.62 403.97 828.99 1,320.35 1,878.05
BORROWED FUNDS
Term Loan (Bank) 6,400.00 5,760.00 5,120.00 4,480.00 3,840.00
Working Capital Loan 86.30 79.89 79.85 79.82 79.76
TOTAL FUNDS: 9,273.77 8,985.71 8,770.69 8,622.02 8,539.66
UTILISATION OF FUNDS:
FIXED ASSETS:
GROSS BLOCK 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35
Less: Depreciation upto

Date 149.27 746.33 1,343.39 1,940.45 2,537.51
NET BLOCK 8,582.08 7,985.02 7,387.96 6,790.90 6,193.84
Investment in Other Assets - - - - -
CURRENT ASSETS LOAN & ADVANCES

Inventories - - - - -
Recievables 115.25 107.17 107.17 107.17 107.17
Other Current assets - - - - -
Cash & Bank Balances 166.12 565.77 1,029.96 1,560.50 2,157.37
SUB TOTAL 281.37 672.94 1,137.13 1,667.67 2,264.54

Less: Trade Creditors - - - - -
Creditors 0.18 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.82
NET CURRENT ASSETS 281.19 672.29 1,136.43 1,666.92 2,263.72
MISCELLANEOUS EXPENDITURE
Preliminary expenses (to the extent not
written off or adjusted) 410.50 328.40 246.30 164.20 82.10
TOTAL 9,273.77 8,985.71 8,770.69 8,622.02 8,539.66
Page No. 253 of 313

Rs. In Lacs
OPERATING YEARS
6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
SOURCES OF FUNDS
Secured Loan
Unsecured Loans 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85
Resrves & Surplus 1,922.92 2,104.52 2,352.42 2,666.62 3,047.13
BORROWED FUNDS
Term Loan (Bank) 3,200.00 2,560.00 1,920.00 1,280.00 640.00
TOTAL FUNDS: 7,900.70 7,442.26 7,050.13 6,724.30 6,464.75
FIXED ASSETS:
GROSS BLOCK 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35

Date 3,134.57 3,731.63 4,328.69 4,925.75 5,522.81
NET BLOCK 5,596.78 4,999.72 4,402.66 3,805.60 3,208.54

Recievables 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78
Cash & Bank Balances 2,256.01 2,394.68 2,599.66 2,870.93 3,208.51
SUB TOTAL 2,304.79 2,443.46 2,648.44 2,919.71 3,257.29

Creditors 0.87 0.91 0.96 1.02 1.07
NET CURRENT ASSETS 2,303.92 2,442.54 2,647.47 2,918.70 3,256.21
written off or adjusted) - - - - -
TOTAL 7,900.70 7,442.26 7,050.13 6,724.30 6,464.75
Page No. 254 of 313

Rs. In Lacs
OPERATING YEARS
SOURCES OF FUNDS
Secured Loan
Unsecured Loans 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85
Resrves & Surplus 3,349.63 3,675.17 3,998.79 4,321.29 4,643.08
BORROWED FUNDS
Term Loan (Bank) - - - - -
TOTAL FUNDS: 6,125.36 6,450.86 6,774.44 7,096.87 7,418.61
FIXED ASSETS:
GROSS BLOCK 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35

Date 5,645.38 5,767.95 5,890.52 6,013.09 6,135.66
NET BLOCK 3,085.97 2,963.40 2,840.83 2,718.26 2,595.69

Recievables 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32
SUB TOTAL 3,040.53 3,488.66 3,934.87 4,379.95 4,824.33

Creditors 1.14 1.20 1.27 1.34 1.41
TOTAL 6,125.36 6,450.86 6,774.44 7,096.87 7,418.61
Page No. 255 of 313

Rs. In Lacs
OPERATING YEARS
SOURCES OF FUNDS
Secured Loan
Unsecured Loans 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85
Resrves & Surplus 4,956.64 5,269.88 5,582.82 5,895.52 6,207.99
BORROWED FUNDS
TOTAL FUNDS: 7,731.28 8,044.45 8,357.32 8,669.94 8,982.34
FIXED ASSETS:
GROSS BLOCK 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35

Date 6,258.23 6,380.80 6,503.37 6,625.94 6,748.51
NET BLOCK 2,473.12 2,350.55 2,227.98 2,105.41 1,982.84

Recievables 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34
SUB TOTAL 5,259.78 5,695.61 6,131.15 6,566.44 7,001.51

Creditors 1.62 1.71 1.81 1.91 2.01
TOTAL 7,731.28 8,044.45 8,357.32 8,669.94 8,982.34
Page No. 256 of 313

Rs. In Lacs
OPERATING YEARS
21st 22nd 23rd 24th 25th
SOURCES OF FUNDS
Secured Loan
Unsecured Loans 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85 441.85
Resrves & Surplus 6,512.46 6,816.76 7,120.86 7,424.75 7,728.44
BORROWED FUNDS
TOTAL FUNDS: 9,285.79 9,590.00 9,893.99 10,197.78 10,501.35
FIXED ASSETS:
GROSS BLOCK 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35 8,731.35

Date 6,871.08 6,993.65 7,116.22 7,238.79 7,361.36
NET BLOCK 1,860.27 1,737.70 1,615.13 1,492.56 1,369.99

Recievables 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35
SUB TOTAL 7,427.89 7,854.80 8,281.50 8,708.00 9,134.30

Creditors 2.37 2.50 2.64 2.78 2.94
TOTAL 9,285.79 9,590.00 9,893.99 10,197.78 10,501.35
Page No. 257 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATE OF PROBABLE PROFITS & ECONOMIC PERFORMANCE
OPERATING YEARS
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A. No of generation Days 95.00 265.00 265.00 265.00 265.00
B. Generation of Power/Day 61,970.00 61,970.00 61,970.00 61,970.00 61,970.00
C. Total Power Generation 58.87 164.22 164.22 164.22 164.22
D. Transmission Loss (in %) 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00% 1.00%
E Tranmission Loss (Units) 0.59 1.64 1.64 1.64 1.64
F. Net Power transmitted to

EB 58.28 162.58 162.58 162.58 162.58
G. Tarrif rate of CERC 7.91 7.91 7.91 7.91 7.91
H. Turnover 460.99 1,286.01 1,286.01 1,286.01 1,286.01
I. Power Generation Cost

- Utilities 9.22 25.72 25.72 25.72 25.72
- Salary & Wages 2.54 12.97 16.54 21.09 26.89
- Other O & M Expenses 9.61 39.29 41.36 43.54 45.83
- Depreciation 149.27 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06
Sub Total 170.64 675.04 680.68 687.41 695.50
J. Gross Profit 460.99 1,286.01 1,286.01 1,286.01 1,286.01
K. Administrative Expenses
- Other Admn. Expenses 0.53 1.48 1.56 1.64 1.73
Sub Total (I) 0.53 1.48 1.56 1.64 1.73
L. Finance Expenses
- Bank Charges/Commission 0.12 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32
- Int on P C Loan 5.39 10.39 9.98 9.98 9.97
- Int on Term Loan 400.00 760.00 680.00 600.00 520.00
Sub Total (J) 405.51 770.71 690.30 610.30 530.29

M. Grand Total (I + J) 406.04 772.19 691.86 611.94 532.02
N. Operating Profit (H - K) 54.96 513.82 594.15 674.07 753.99
O. Amortalisation of Pril. Exp - 82.10 82.10 82.10 82.10
P. Net Profit Before Tax 54.96 431.72 512.05 591.97 671.89
Q. Income Tax Liability 9.34 73.37 87.02 100.60 114.19
R. Net Profit After Tax 45.62 358.35 425.02 491.36 557.70
S. Cash Accruals 194.89 1,037.51 1,104.18 1,170.52 1,236.86

T. Balance Carried forward 45.62 403.97 828.99 1,320.35 1,878.05
Page No. 258 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
F. Net Power transmitted

to EB 74.01 74.01 74.01 74.01 74.01
H. Turnover 585.42 585.42 585.42 585.42 585.42

- Utilities 27.19 28.75 30.39 32.13 33.97
- Salary & Wages 28.43 30.06 31.78 33.60 35.52
- Depreciation 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06
Sub Total 700.93 706.66 712.70 719.08 725.81
J. Gross Profit 585.42 585.42 585.42 585.42 585.42
Sub Total (I) 1.83 1.93 2.04 2.16 2.28
L. Finance Expenses
- Int on P C Loan 7.23 4.49 4.49 4.48 4.48
- Int on Term Loan 440.00 360.00 280.00 200.00 120.00
Sub Total (J) 447.43 364.71 284.72 204.72 124.73

M. Grand Total (I + J) 449.26 366.64 286.76 206.88 127.01
O. Amortalisation of Pril. Exp 82.10 - - - -
S. Cash Accruals 724.03 778.66 844.96 911.27 977.56

T. Balance Carried forward 1,922.92 2,104.52 2,352.42 2,666.62 3,047.13
Page No. 259 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

to EB 70.27 70.27 70.27 70.27 70.27
H. Turnover 555.84 555.84 555.84 555.84 555.84

- Utilities 36.45 38.54 40.74 43.07 45.53
- Salary & Wages 37.55 39.70 41.97 44.37 46.91
- Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
Sub Total 258.95 266.48 274.41 282.78 291.61
J. Gross Profit 555.84 555.84 555.84 555.84 555.84
Sub Total (I) 2.41 2.55 2.70 2.85 3.01
L. Finance Expenses
- Int on P C Loan 4.35 4.23 4.23 4.22 4.21
- Int on Term Loan 40.00 - - - -
Sub Total (J) 44.54 4.42 4.42 4.41 4.40

M. Grand Total (I + J) 46.95 6.97 7.12 7.26 7.41
O. Amortalisation of Pril. Exp - - - - -
S. Cash Accruals 425.07 448.11 446.19 445.07 444.36

Page No. 260 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
A. No of generation Days 265 265 265 265 265
B. Generation of Power/Day 28,210 28,210 28,210 28,210 28,210

to EB 68.78 68.78 68.78 68.78 68.78
H. Turnover 544.05 544.05 544.05 544.05 544.05

- Utilities 64.53 68.22 72.12 76.25 80.61
- Salary & Wages 49.59 52.43 55.43 58.60 61.95
- Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
Sub Total 317.33 328.11 339.48 351.49 364.16
J. Gross Profit 544.05 544.05 544.05 544.05 544.05
Sub Total (I) 3.18 3.36 3.55 3.75 3.96
L. Finance Expenses
- Int on P C Loan 4.15 4.09 4.09 4.08 4.07
- Int on Term Loan - - - - -
Sub Total (J) 4.34 4.28 4.28 4.27 4.26

M. Grand Total (I + J) 7.52 7.64 7.83 8.02 8.22
S. Cash Accruals 436.14 435.81 435.51 435.26 435.04

Page No. 261 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
A. No of generation Days 265 265 265 265 265
B. Generation of Power/Day 28,210 28,210 28,210 28,210 28,210

to EB 67.28 67.28 67.28 67.28 67.28
H. Turnover 532.18 532.18 532.18 532.18 532.18

- Utilities 114.24 120.77 127.68 134.98 142.70
- Salary & Wages 65.49 69.24 73.20 77.39 81.82
- Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
Sub Total 406.55 422.32 438.97 456.55 475.11
J. Gross Profit 532.18 532.18 532.18 532.18 532.18
Sub Total (I) 4.19 4.43 4.68 4.95 5.23
L. Finance Expenses
- Int on P C Loan 4.00 3.93 3.92 3.90 3.89
- Int on Term Loan - - - - -
Sub Total (J) 4.19 4.12 4.11 4.09 4.08

M. Grand Total (I + J) 8.38 8.55 8.79 9.04 9.31
S. Cash Accruals 427.04 426.87 426.67 426.47 426.26

Page No. 262 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING PROJECTED CASH FLOW POSITION
OPERATING YEARS
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A. SOURCES OF FUNDS:
Promoters Capital 2,300.00 - - - -
Operating Net Profit before

tax With interest added
back but after depreciation 460.46 1,284.53 1,284.45 1,284.37 1,284.28
Term Loan 6,400.00 - - - -
Other Current Liability - - - - -
Unsecured Loans 441.85 - - - -
Bridge Loans -
Reserve -
Depreciation 149.27 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06
Working Capital loan 86.30 (6.41) (0.04) (0.04) (0.06)
TOTAL 9,837.89 1,875.18 1,881.47 1,881.39 1,881.28
B. APPLICATION OF FUNDS
Fixed assets &
Capital expenses 8,731.35 - - - -
Investments -
Pre exp 410.50 - - - -
Increase in Net
Current assets 115.07 (8.55) (0.05) (0.06) (0.07)
Financial Expenses 405.51 770.71 690.30 610.30 530.29

Income tax 9.34 73.37 87.02 100.60 114.19
Repayment of term loan - 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00
Dividend - - - - -
TOTAL: 9,671.77 1,475.53 1,417.28 1,350.85 1,284.41
C. SURPLUS/DEFICIT
DURING THE YEAR 166.12 399.65 464.19 530.54 596.87
D. CLOSING BALANCE 166.12 565.77 1,029.96 1,560.50 2,157.37
Page No. 263 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
Promoters Capital - - - - -

back but after depreciation 583.59 583.49 583.38 583.26 583.14
Term Loan - - - - -
Unsecured Loans - - - - -
Bridge Loans - - - - -
Reserve - - - - -
Depreciation 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06 597.06
Working Capital loan (43.83) (0.04) (0.03) (0.04) (0.05)
TOTAL 1,136.82 1,180.51 1,180.41 1,180.28 1,180.15
Fixed assets &
Capital expenses - - - - -
Investments -
Pre exp - - - - -
Increase in Net
Current assets (58.44) (0.05) (0.05) (0.05) (0.06)

Income tax 9.19 37.18 50.76 64.33 77.91
Repayment of term loan 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00 640.00
Dividend - - - - -
TOTAL: 1,038.19 1,041.84 975.43 909.00 842.58
C. SURPLUS/DEFICIT
DURING THE YEAR 98.64 138.67 204.98 271.28 337.57
D. CLOSING BALANCE 2,256.01 2,394.68 2,599.66 2,870.93 3,208.51
Page No. 264 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

Term Loan - - - - -
Reserve - - - - -
Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
TOTAL 674.10 675.81 675.66 675.50 675.34
Fixed assets &
Investments -
Pre exp - - - - -
Increase in Net
Current assets (2.52) (0.06) (0.07) (0.07) (0.07)

Income tax 206.38 223.32 225.09 226.07 226.63
Repayment of term loan 640.00 - - - -
Dividend - - - - -
TOTAL: 888.40 227.68 229.45 230.42 230.96
C. SURPLUS/DEFICIT
DURING THE YEAR (214.30) 448.13 446.21 445.08 444.38
Page No. 265 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

Term Loan - - - - -
Reserve - - - - -
Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
TOTAL 662.55 663.19 663.00 662.79 662.59
Fixed assets &
Investments -
Pre exp - - - - -
Increase in Net
Current assets (1.19) (0.09) (0.10) (0.10) (0.10)

Income tax 222.96 223.17 223.28 223.33 223.36
Repayment of term loan - - - - -
Dividend - - - - -
TOTAL: 226.11 227.36 227.46 227.50 227.52
C. SURPLUS/DEFICIT
DURING THE YEAR 436.44 435.83 435.54 435.28 435.07
Page No. 266 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

Term Loan - - - - -
Reserve - - - - -
Depreciation 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57 122.57
TOTAL 649.54 650.23 649.96 649.70 649.40
Fixed assets &
Investments -
Pre exp - - - - -
Increase in Net
Current assets (1.35) (0.13) (0.14) (0.14) (0.16)

Income tax 219.34 219.34 219.30 219.25 219.19
Repayment of term loan - - - - -
Dividend - - - - -
TOTAL: 222.17 223.32 223.27 223.20 223.11
C. SURPLUS/DEFICIT
DURING THE YEAR 427.37 426.91 426.70 426.51 426.30
Page No. 267 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATES OF WORKING CAPITAL REQUIREMENT
RS. IN LACS
OPERATING YEARS
S.NO PARTICULARS 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A RECEIVABLES: 115.25 107.17 107.17 107.17 107.17
Sub Total (A+B) 115.25 107.17 107.17 107.17 107.17
C OTHER CURRENT - - - - -
ASSETS:
B TOTAL CURRENT 115.25 107.17 107.17 107.17 107.17

ASSETS (A+B+C)
C CURRENT LIABILITIES 0.18 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.82
D WORKING CAPITAL 115.07 106.52 106.47 106.42 106.35

GAP (D-E)
E MARGIN MINIMUM 25% 28.77 26.63 26.62 26.60 26.59
F BANK FINANCE 86.30 79.89 79.85 79.82 79.76

ELIGIBLE
G BANK FINANCE 86.30 79.89 79.85 79.82 79.76

CONSIDERED
H WORKING CAPITAL 28.77 26.63 26.62 26.60 26.59

CONTRIBUTION
Page No. 268 of 313

RS. IN LACS
OPERATING YEARS
S.NO PARTICULARS 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th
A RECEIVABLES: 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78
Sub Total (A+B) 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78
B TOTAL CURRENT 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78 48.78

ASSETS (A+B+C)

GAP (D-E)
E MARGIN MINIMUM 25% 11.98 11.97 11.95 11.94 11.93
F BANK FINANCE 35.93 35.90 35.87 35.82 35.78

ELIGIBLE
G BANK FINANCE 35.93 35.90 35.87 35.82 35.78

CONSIDERED

CONTRIBUTION
Page No. 269 of 313

RS. IN LACS
OPERATING YEARS
A RECEIVABLES: 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32
Sub Total (A+B) 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32
B TOTAL CURRENT 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32 46.32

ASSETS (A+B+C)

GAP (D-E)
E MARGIN MINIMUM 25% 11.30 11.28 11.26 11.25 11.23
F BANK FINANCE 33.88 33.84 33.79 33.73 33.68

ELIGIBLE
G BANK FINANCE 33.88 33.84 33.79 33.73 33.68

CONSIDERED

CONTRIBUTION
Page No. 270 of 313

RS. IN LACS
OPERATING YEARS
A RECEIVABLES: 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34
Sub Total (A+B) 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34
B TOTAL CURRENT 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34 45.34

ASSETS (A+B+C)

GAP (D-E)
E MARGIN MINIMUM 25% 10.93 10.91 10.88 10.86 10.83
F BANK FINANCE 32.79 32.72 32.65 32.57 32.50

ELIGIBLE
G BANK FINANCE 32.79 32.72 32.65 32.57 32.50

CONSIDERED

CONTRIBUTION
Page No. 271 of 313

RS. IN LACS
OPERATING YEARS
A RECEIVABLES: 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35
Sub Total (A+B) 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35
B TOTAL CURRENT 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35 44.35

ASSETS (A+B+C)

GAP (D-E)
E MARGIN MINIMUM 25% 10.50 10.46 10.43 10.39 10.35
F BANK FINANCE 31.48 31.39 31.28 31.18 31.06

ELIGIBLE
G BANK FINANCE 31.48 31.39 31.28 31.18 31.06

CONSIDERED

CONTRIBUTION
Page No. 272 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING CALCULATION OF DEPRECIATION ON SLM METHOD AFTER
ALLOCATION OF PRE-OP EXP
PARTICULARS
OF FIXED
S.NO ASSETS EXISTING DEPRECIATION
RATE FOR
OF 1ST FOR 2ND
DEPRE YEAR TO 10TH
CIATIO YEAR
ASSETS
1 Land and site development 137.50 0.00% - -
2 Fencing & Civil Work 60.00 5.00% 0.75 3.00
3 Building & other Construction 165.45 5.00% 2.07 8.27
4 Solar Panels & other Installation 8,368.40 7.00% 146.45 585.79
TOTAL: 8,731.35 149.27 597.06
Page No. 273 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING CALCULATION OF DEPRECIATION ON SLIM METHOD AFTER
ALLOCATION OF PRE-OP EXP
PARTICULARS
OF FIXED
S.NO ASSETS EXISTING DEPRECIATION
RATE FOR
OF 11TH TO
DEPRE 25TH
CIATIO YEAR
ASSETS
1 Land and site development 137.50 0.00% -
2 Fencing & Civil Work 60.00 5.00% 3.00
3 Building & other Construction 165.45 5.00% 8.27
4 Solar Panels & other Installation 8,368.40 1.33% 111.30
TOTAL: 8,731.35 - 122.57
Page No. 274 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING COMPUTATION OF DEPRECIATION ON WRITTEN DOWN VALUE
METHOD
S.NO PARTICULARS OPERATING YEARS

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
1 Land and site development - - - - -
2 Fencing & Civil Work 6.00 5.40 4.86 4.37 3.94
3 Building & other Construction 16.55 14.89 13.40 12.06 10.86
4 Solar Panels & other Installation 2,844.42 1,877.60 1,239.40 818.13 540.05
TOTAL: 2,866.97 1,897.89 1,257.66 834.56 554.85
Page No. 275 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING COMPUTATION OF DEPRECIATION ON WRITTEN DOWN
VALUE METHOD

4 Solar Panels & other Installation 524.40 262.20 131.10 65.55 32.77
TOTAL: 552.36 283.71 147.71 78.43 42.83
Page No. 276 of 313

VALUE METHOD

TOTAL: 24.27 14.42 9.06 6.02 4.23
Page No. 277 of 313

VALUE METHOD

TOTAL: 3.13 2.40 1.90 1.54 1.27
Page No. 278 of 313

VALUE METHOD

4 Solar Panels & other Installation 0.02 0.01 - - -
TOTAL: 1.08 0.91 0.77 0.67 0.58
Page No. 279 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING COMPUTATION OF INCOME TAX LIABILITY
OPERATING YEARS
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
A Operating profits 54.96 431.72 512.05 591.97 671.89
Add: Depreciation on straight line method 149.27 585.79 585.79 585.79 585.79
Less: Depraciation of written down value

value method 2,866.97 1,897.89 1,257.66 834.56 554.85
B Balance of Profits (2,662.74) (880.39) (159.83) 343.19 702.82
C Less: I. Amortization of preliminary exp. - 82.10 82.10 82.10 82.10
ii. Carry over of losses - - - - -
SUB TOTAL: - 82.10 82.10 82.10 82.10
D Balance of Profit (2,662.74) (962.49) (241.93) 261.09 620.72
E Net Taxable Income - - - 261.09 620.72
F Tax @ 33.99% - - - - -
G M.A.T @16.995% 9.34 73.37 87.02 100.60 114.19
H Tax Payable 9.34 73.37 87.02 100.60 114.19
Page No. 280 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

value method 552.36 283.71 147.71 78.43 42.83
B Balance of Profits 98.75 532.13 748.01 897.17 1,012.64
C Less: I. Amortization of preliminary exp. 82.10 - - - -
SUB TOTAL: 82.10 - - - -
D Balance of Profit 16.65 532.13 748.01 897.17 1,012.64
E Net Taxable Income 16.65 532.13 748.01 897.17 1,012.64
F Tax @ 33.99% - - - - -
G M.A.T @16.995% 9.19 37.18 50.76 64.33 77.91
H Tax Payable 9.19 37.18 50.76 64.33 77.91
Page No. 281 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

value method 24.27 14.42 9.06 6.02 4.23
B Balance of Profits 607.18 657.01 662.22 665.12 666.76
C Less: I. Amortization of preliminary exp. - - - - -
SUB TOTAL: - - - - -
D Balance of Profit 607.18 657.01 662.22 665.12 666.76
E Net Taxable Income 607.18 657.01 662.22 665.12 666.76
F Tax @ 33.99% 206.38 223.32 225.09 226.07 226.63
G M.A.T @16.995% 86.48 93.28 93.25 93.23 93.20
H Tax Payable 206.38 223.32 225.09 226.07 226.63
Page No. 282 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

value method 3.13 2.40 1.90 1.54 1.27
F Tax @ 33.99% 222.96 223.17 223.28 223.33 223.36
G M.A.T @16.995% 91.18 91.16 91.13 91.10 91.06
H Tax Payable 222.96 223.17 223.28 223.33 223.36
Page No. 283 of 313

OPERATING YEARS

value method 1.08 0.91 0.77 0.67 0.58
F Tax @ 33.99% 219.34 219.34 219.30 219.25 219.19
G M.A.T @16.995% 89.02 88.99 88.95 88.91 88.86
H Tax Payable 219.34 219.34 219.30 219.25 219.19
Page No. 284 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATE OF FINANCE EXPENSES
OPERATING YEARS
A. Bank Charges and Commission 0.12 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.32
B. INTEREST ON WORKING CAPITAL LOAN
Op. Balance - 86.30 79.89 79.85 79.82

Cl. Balance 86.30 79.89 79.85 79.82 79.76
Interest 12.5% p.a 5.39 10.39 9.98 9.98 9.97
C. TOTAL ESTIMATES OF FINANCE EXPS. 5.51 10.71 10.30 10.30 10.29
Page No. 285 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
Op. Balance 79.76 35.93 35.90 35.87 35.82

Cl. Balance 35.93 35.90 35.87 35.82 35.78
Interest 12.5% p.a 7.23 4.49 4.49 4.48 4.48
Page No. 286 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
Op. Balance 35.78 33.88 33.84 33.79 33.73

Cl. Balance 33.88 33.84 33.79 33.73 33.68
Interest 12.5% p.a 4.35 4.23 4.23 4.22 4.21
Page No. 287 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
Op. Balance 33.68 32.79 32.72 32.65 32.57

Cl. Balance 32.79 32.72 32.65 32.57 32.50
Interest 12.5% p.a 4.15 4.09 4.09 4.08 4.07
Page No. 288 of 313

OPERATING YEARS
Op. Balance 32.50 31.48 31.39 31.28 31.18

Cl. Balance 31.48 31.39 31.28 31.18 31.06
Interest 12.5% p.a 4.00 3.93 3.92 3.90 3.89
Page No. 289 of 313

STATEMENT SHOWING ESTIMATE OF INTEREST ON TERM LOAN
AND REPAYMENT THEREOF
(RS. IN LACS)
OPENING REPAYMENT CLOSING INTEREST

YEAR BALANCE HLF.YRLY TOTAL BALANCE % HLF.YRLY 12.5
12.50% TOTAL
FIRST
I 6,400.00 - 6,400.00 0.00%
II 6,400.00 - - 6,400.00 12.50% 400.00
SECOND
I 6,400.00 320.00 6,080.00 12.50%
II 6,080.00 320.00 640.00 5,760.00 12.50% 760.00
THIRD
I 5,760.00 320.00 5,440.00 12.50%
II 5,440.00 320.00 640.00 5,120.00 12.50% 680.00
FOURTH
I 5,120.00 320.00 4,800.00 12.50%
II 4,800.00 320.00 640.00 4,480.00 12.50% 600.00
FIFTH
I 4,480.00 320.00 4,160.00 12.50%
II 4,160.00 320.00 640.00 3,840.00 12.50% 520.00
SIXTH
I 3,840.00 320.00 3,520.00 12.50%
II 3,520.00 320.00 640.00 3,200.00 12.50% 440.00
SEVENTH
I 3,200.00 320.00 2,880.00 12.50%
II 2,880.00 320.00 640.00 2,560.00 12.50% 360.00
EIGHTH
I 2,560.00 320.00 2,240.00 12.50%
II 2,240.00 320.00 640.00 1,920.00 12.50% 280.00
NINTH
I 1,920.00 320.00 1,600.00 12.50%
II 1,600.00 320.00 640.00 1,280.00 12.50% 200.00
TENTH
I 1,280.00 320.00 960.00 12.50%
II 960.00 320.00 640.00 640.00 12.50% 120.00
Page No. 290 of 313

(RS. IN LACS)

12.50% TOTAL
ELEVENTH
I 640.00 320.00 320.00 12.50%
II 320.00 320.00 640.00 - 12.50% 40.00
TWELTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
THIRTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
FOURTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
FIFTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
SIXTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
SEVENTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
EIGHTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
NINTEENTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
TWENTYTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
Page No. 291 of 313

(RS. IN LACS)

12.50% TOTAL
TWENTYFIRST
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
TWENTYSECOND
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
TWENTYTHIRD
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
TWENTYFOURTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
TWENTYFIFTH
I - - - 12.50%
II - - - - 12.50% -
Page No. 292 of 313

NASA Surface meteorology and Solar Energy - Available
Tables
Latitude 16.18 / Longitude 75.7 was chosen.
Geometry Information Elevation: 532 meters
Parameters for Solar Cooking:
Monthly Averaged Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface

(kWh/m2/day)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
5.27 5.91 6.46 6.48 6.40 5.01 4.56 4.53 4.95 4.98 5.01 4.88
Average
Parameter Definition
Monthly Averaged Midday Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface

(kW/m2)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
0.72 0.79 0.86 0.86 0.82 0.64 0.57 0.59 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.69
Average
Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident On A Horizontal

Surface (kWh/m2/day)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
5.43 6.01 6.64 6.77 6.98 6.67 6.56 6.41 6.15 5.83 5.52 5.19
Average
Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Days (days)

Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year Average 14 15 12 6 4 0 0 0 0 3 10 13
Page No. 293 of 313

Parameters for Sizing and Pointing of Solar Panels and for Solar Thermal
Applications:
Monthly Averaged Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
5.27 5.91 6.46 6.48 6.40 5.01 4.56 4.53 4.95 4.98 5.01 4.88 5.36
Average
Minimum And Maximum Difference From Monthly Averaged Insolation

(%)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Minimum -6 -8 -11 -8 -14 -12 -14 -9 -14 -10 -14 -7
Maximum 8 8 11 11 12 14 13 13 13 14 9 11
Monthly Averaged Diffuse Radiation Incident On A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Lat
Annual
16.18 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Average
Lon 75.7
22-year
1.17 1.36 1.64 1.99 2.13 2.37 2.38 2.36 2.15 1.81 1.38 1.19 1.83
Average
Minimum 0.96 1.12 1.31 1.71 1.84 2.27 2.35 2.33 2.03 1.60 1.20 0.93 1.64
Maximum 1.32 1.55 1.90 2.15 2.34 2.38 2.33 2.33 2.19 1.91 1.59 1.31 1.94
22-year
Average 0.65 0.65 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.46 0.42 0.42 0.49 0.53 0.60 0.63 0.56
K
Minimum
0.61 0.60 0.57 0.56 0.51 0.41 0.36 0.38 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.50
K
Maximum
0.70 0.71 0.71 0.67 0.66 0.52 0.48 0.48 0.55 0.61 0.66 0.70 0.62
K
Diffuse radiation, direct normal radiation and tilted surface radiation

are not calculated when the clearness index (K) is below 0.3 or
NOTE:
above 0.8.
Page No. 294 of 313

Monthly Averaged Direct Normal Radiation (kWh/m2/day)

Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
7.19 7.31 7.17 6.40 6.08 3.80 3.11 3.08 4.07 4.94 6.22 6.65 5.49
Average
Minimum And Maximum Difference From Monthly Averaged Direct

Normal Radiation (%)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Minimum -3 -4 -7 -4 -13 -18 -29 -18 -19 -9 -14 -1
Maximum 6 6 9 12 13 25 30 28 21 18 6 11

NOTE:
above 0.8.
Monthly Averaged Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface At

Indicated GMT Times (kW/m2)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average@00 n/a 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Average@03 0.23 0.26 0.32 0.36 0.38 0.30 0.26 0.26 0.28 0.30 0.30 0.25
Average@06 0.72 0.79 0.86 0.86 0.82 0.64 0.57 0.59 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.69
Average@09 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.71 0.69 0.53 0.48 0.49 0.53 0.53 0.54 0.56
Average@12 0.12 0.15 0.17 0.16 0.17 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.07 0.08
Average@15 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.00 0.00 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Average@18 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Page No. 295 of 313

Monthly Averaged Insolation Clearness Index (0 to 1.0)
Lat
Annual
Average
Lon 75.7
22-year
Average 0.65 0.65 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.46 0.42 0.42 0.49 0.53 0.60 0.63 0.56
K
Minimum
0.61 0.60 0.57 0.56 0.51 0.41 0.36 0.38 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.50
K
Maximum
0.70 0.71 0.71 0.67 0.66 0.52 0.48 0.48 0.55 0.61 0.66 0.70 0.62
K
Monthly Averaged Insolation Normalized Clearness Index (0 to 1.0)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
0.60 0.60 0.59 0.55 0.54 0.42 0.38 0.39 0.44 0.49 0.55 0.57
Average
Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
5.43 6.01 6.64 6.77 6.98 6.67 6.56 6.41 6.15 5.83 5.52 5.19 6.18
Average
Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Clearness Index (0 to 1.0)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
0.67 0.67 0.66 0.63 0.64 0.61 0.61 0.60 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.67
Average
Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Normalized Clearness Index (0
to 1.0)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
0.61 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.59 0.56 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.57 0.61 0.61
Average
Page No. 296 of 313

Monthly Averaged Downward Longwave Radiative Flux (kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
8.44 8.58 9.15 9.73 9.92 9.94 9.82 9.80 9.77 9.56 8.91 8.40 9.34
Average
Solar Geometry:
Monthly Averaged Solar Noon (GMT time)
Lat
Lon 75.7
Average 0708 0712 0706 0658 0654 0657 0704 0702 0653 0644 0642 0650
Monthly Averaged Daylight Hours (hours)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average 11.2 11.6 12.0 12.5 12.8 13.0 12.9 12.6 12.2 11.7 11.4 11.1
Monthly Averaged Daylight Average Of Hourly Cosine Solar Zenith
Angles (dimensionless)
Lat
Lon 75.7
Average 0.52 0.58 0.60 0.59 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.61 0.62 0.56 0.54 0.50
Monthly Averaged Cosine Solar Zenith Angle At Mid-Time Between
Sunrise And Solar Noon (dimensionless)
Lat
Lon 75.7
Average 0.56 0.61 0.66 0.69 0.69 0.68 0.69 0.69 0.68 0.63 0.58 0.55
Page No. 297 of 313

Monthly Averaged Declination (degrees)

Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average -20.7 -12.3 -1.8 9.70 18.8 23.0 21.2 13.7 3.09 -8.45 -18.1 -22.8
Monthly Averaged Sunset Hour Angle (degrees)

Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average 83.6 86.3 89.4 92.8 95.6 97.0 96.4 94.0 90.8 87.5 84.5 82.9
Monthly Averaged Maximum Solar Angle Relative To The Horizon

(degrees)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average 53.0 61.4 72.0 83.5 87.3 83.1 84.9 87.6 76.9 65.3 55.6 50.9
Page No. 298 of 313

Monthly Averaged Hourly Solar Angles Relative To The Horizon

(degrees)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
0000 GMT n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
0100 GMT n/a n/a n/a 3.28 6.62 7.00 5.06 3.45 2.65 1.68 n/a n/a
0200 GMT 6.09 7.90 12.4 17.5 20.4 20.4 18.6 17.5 17.0 15.7 12.6 9.13
0300 GMT 18.9 21.6 26.6 31.9 34.5 34.1 32.5 31.8 31.4 29.5 25.5 21.5
0400 GMT 31.0 34.7 40.6 46.3 48.6 47.9 46.4 46.1 45.6 42.7 37.4 32.9
0500 GMT 41.6 46.7 54.0 60.7 62.8 61.7 60.4 60.5 59.4 54.5 47.5 42.5
0600 GMT 49.5 56.4 65.7 74.6 76.9 74.9 74.1 74.9 71.6 63.1 54.1 49.0
0700 GMT 53.0 61.2 71.9 83.4 86.9 83.0 84.8 87.5 76.7 65.0 55.3 50.8
0800 GMT 50.8 59.0 67.6 73.4 73.9 73.6 75.6 75.6 68.8 58.8 50.5 47.3
0900 GMT 43.8 50.8 56.6 59.4 59.7 60.2 61.9 61.3 56.0 48.0 41.5 39.5
1000 GMT 33.7 39.4 43.4 45.1 45.5 46.4 47.9 46.9 42.0 35.3 30.2 29.2
1100 GMT 22.0 26.6 29.5 30.7 31.4 32.6 34.0 32.5 27.8 21.8 17.7 17.4
1200 GMT 9.27 13.1 15.3 16.3 17.4 19.0 20.1 18.2 13.4 7.81 4.44 4.74
1300 GMT n/a n/a 0.94 2.07 3.69 5.56 6.52 4.13 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Page No. 299 of 313

Monthly Averaged Hourly Solar Azimuth Angles (degrees)

Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
0100 GMT n/a n/a n/a 80.9 72.3 67.9 69.3 76.5 87.4 99.2 n/a n/a
0200 GMT 113 105 95.6 84.7 75.5 70.9 72.5 80.2 91.6 103 113 117
0300 GMT 119 110 100 88.5 78.0 72.7 74.7 83.5 96.3 109 119 123
0400 GMT 127 118 107 92.9 79.7 73.2 75.9 86.7 102 118 129 132
0500 GMT 138 129 117 99.1 80.2 71.2 75.3 90.4 112 132 142 144
0600 GMT 155 147 136 113 76.3 60.4 68.9 97.0 133 155 162 162
0700 GMT 177 174 175 185 329 353 8.67 171 188 189 187 183
0800 GMT 199 203 217 248 281 297 292 262 233 219 210 204
0900 GMT 217 224 240 261 279 288 284 269 250 236 226 220
1000 GMT 230 238 251 267 280 286 283 272 259 246 236 231
1100 GMT 239 246 258 271 282 287 284 276 264 253 244 238
1200 GMT 245 252 263 275 285 289 287 279 269 258 249 244
1300 GMT n/a n/a 267 279 288 292 290 283 n/a n/a n/a n/a
Page No. 300 of 313

Parameters for Tilted Solar Panels:
Monthly Averaged Radiation Incident On An Equator-Pointed Tilted

Surface (kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
SSE
5.27 5.91 6.46 6.48 6.40 5.01 4.56 4.53 4.95 4.98 5.01 4.88 5.36
HRZ
K 0.65 0.65 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.46 0.42 0.42 0.49 0.53 0.60 0.63 0.56
Diffuse 1.17 1.36 1.64 1.99 2.13 2.37 2.38 2.36 2.15 1.81 1.38 1.19 1.83
Direct 7.19 7.31 7.17 6.40 6.08 3.80 3.11 3.08 4.07 4.94 6.22 6.65 5.49
Tilt 0 5.23 5.86 6.38 6.37 6.26 4.98 4.45 4.44 4.88 4.93 4.98 4.84 5.30
Tilt 1 5.30 5.91 6.41 6.37 6.27 4.99 4.46 4.44 4.89 4.96 5.03 4.91 5.32
Tilt 16 6.13 6.50 6.65 6.26 6.24 5.03 4.44 4.32 4.93 5.27 5.70 5.74 5.60
Tilt 31 6.63 6.74 6.54 5.83 5.91 4.84 4.23 4.01 4.74 5.32 6.05 6.26 5.58
Tilt 90 4.97 4.25 3.13 1.97 2.26 2.33 1.97 1.65 2.20 3.13 4.32 4.88 3.08
OPT 6.76 6.74 6.66 6.38 6.30 5.04 4.48 4.44 4.94 5.33 6.11 6.43 5.79
OPT
43.0 33.0 19.0 3.00 7.00 11.0 7.00 0.00 11.0 26.0 40.0 45.0 20.3
ANG

NOTE:
above 0.8.
Page No. 301 of 313

Minimum Radiation Incident On An Equator-pointed Tilted Surface

(kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
SSE
4.93 5.46 5.74 5.98 5.52 4.42 3.90 4.11 4.28 4.46 4.30 4.56 4.80
MIN
K 0.61 0.60 0.57 0.56 0.51 0.41 0.36 0.38 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.50
Diffuse 1.32 1.55 1.90 2.15 2.34 2.38 2.33 2.33 2.19 1.91 1.59 1.31 1.94
Direct 6.96 6.97 6.60 6.09 5.24 3.08 2.21 2.53 3.27 4.46 5.32 6.54 4.93
Tilt 0 4.89 5.41 5.67 5.88 5.40 4.39 3.81 4.03 4.22 4.41 4.27 4.53 4.74
Tilt 1 4.95 5.45 5.69 5.88 5.41 4.40 3.81 4.03 4.23 4.44 4.31 4.58 4.76
Tilt 16 5.68 5.96 5.88 5.78 5.37 4.42 3.79 3.92 4.25 4.68 4.79 5.31 4.98
Tilt 31 6.10 6.14 5.76 5.39 5.09 4.24 3.61 3.66 4.08 4.70 5.03 5.75 4.96
Tilt 90 4.54 3.87 2.85 1.95 2.11 2.10 1.77 1.59 1.99 2.78 3.54 4.43 2.79
OPT 6.20 6.14 5.88 5.89 5.42 4.44 3.82 4.03 4.26 4.72 5.05 5.88 5.14
OPT
42.0 32.0 18.0 3.00 7.00 10.0 6.00 0.00 10.0 25.0 37.0 44.0 19.4
ANG

NOTE:
above 0.8.
Page No. 302 of 313

Maximum Radiation Incident On An Equator-pointed Tilted Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
SSE
5.69 6.40 7.17 7.19 7.19 5.70 5.17 5.13 5.60 5.67 5.46 5.42 5.97
MAX
K 0.70 0.71 0.71 0.67 0.66 0.52 0.48 0.48 0.55 0.61 0.66 0.70 0.62
Diffuse 0.96 1.12 1.31 1.71 1.84 2.27 2.35 2.33 2.03 1.60 1.20 0.93 1.64
Direct 7.67 7.80 7.84 7.20 6.92 4.78 4.07 3.97 4.96 5.87 6.61 7.41 6.25
Tilt 0 5.65 6.34 7.08 7.07 7.03 5.67 5.05 5.03 5.52 5.61 5.42 5.38 5.90
Tilt 1 5.72 6.40 7.12 7.07 7.05 5.68 5.06 5.03 5.54 5.65 5.48 5.46 5.93
Tilt 16 6.70 7.10 7.43 6.94 7.03 5.76 5.05 4.88 5.60 6.07 6.27 6.49 6.27
Tilt 31 7.30 7.40 7.32 6.44 6.64 5.55 4.81 4.51 5.38 6.16 6.71 7.15 6.27
Tilt 90 5.52 4.67 3.40 1.98 2.35 2.58 2.14 1.70 2.38 3.59 4.83 5.65 3.39
OPT 7.47 7.41 7.44 7.08 7.09 5.76 5.08 5.03 5.61 6.17 6.79 7.39 6.52
OPT
44.0 34.0 20.0 3.00 8.00 12.0 8.00 0.00 12.0 28.0 41.0 47.0 21.3
ANG

NOTE:
above 0.8.
Parameters for Sizing Battery or other Energy-storage Systems:
Minimum Available Insolation Over A Consecutive-day Period (%)

Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Min/1 day 24.4 63.7 21.0 37.3 33.4 4.19 19.2 16.5 31.3 8.83 3.18 3.68
Min/3 day 44.2 78.7 58.1 59.5 55.0 31.4 36.1 43.7 54.6 44.3 36.8 37.5
Min/7 day 70.6 81.9 74.7 72.8 64.8 56.1 58.0 63.5 60.5 58.0 56.7 64.7
Min/14 day 83.1 88.1 86.8 85.9 75.6 70.0 68.0 71.8 76.8 75.3 74.1 80.6
Min/21 day 88.5 91.7 88.7 90.7 83.2 80.1 80.8 82.0 85.7 86.0 77.6 84.6
Min/Month 93.5 92.3 88.8 92.2 86.2 88.2 85.5 90.7 86.4 89.5 85.8 93.4
Page No. 303 of 313

Solar Radiation Deficits Below Expected Values Incident On A
Horizontal Surface Over A Consecutive-day Period (kWh/m2)
Lat
16.18
Lon
75.7
1 day 3.98 2.14 5.09 4.05 4.26 4.80 3.68 3.78 3.40 4.54 4.86 4.70
3 day 8.82 3.76 8.11 7.86 8.63 10.3 8.74 7.65 6.73 8.31 9.50 9.13
7 day 10.8 7.48 11.4 12.3 15.7 15.3 13.4 11.5 13.6 14.6 15.1 12.0
14 day 12.4 9.80 11.8 12.7 21.8 21.0 20.3 17.8 16.0 17.1 18.1 13.2
21 day 12.6 10.2 15.2 12.5 22.5 20.8 18.3 17.1 14.8 14.5 23.5 15.7
Month 10.5 12.5 22.3 15.0 27.2 17.7 20.4 13.0 20.0 16.1 21.3 9.91
Equivalent Number Of NO-SUN Or BLACK Days (days)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
1 day 0.75 0.36 0.78 0.62 0.66 0.95 0.80 0.83 0.68 0.91 0.96 0.96
3 day 1.67 0.63 1.25 1.21 1.34 2.05 1.91 1.68 1.35 1.66 1.89 1.87
7 day 2.05 1.26 1.77 1.89 2.46 3.07 2.93 2.55 2.76 2.93 3.02 2.46
14 day 2.35 1.65 1.83 1.96 3.41 4.19 4.46 3.93 3.24 3.44 3.61 2.70
21 day 2.40 1.73 2.35 1.93 3.51 4.16 4.02 3.77 2.99 2.92 4.68 3.22
Month 2.00 2.13 3.45 2.31 4.26 3.53 4.48 2.87 4.06 3.23 4.24 2.03
Parameters for Sizing Surplus-product Storage Systems:
Available Surplus Insolation Over A Consecutive-day Period (%)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Max/1 day 118 123 121 126 127 151 161 151 149 136 132 121
Max/3 day 115 117 120 123 125 144 146 140 131 128 130 117
Max/7 day 113 116 118 121 123 134 135 133 126 124 119 116
Max/14 day 113 114 114 115 120 126 126 124 121 120 114 114
Max/21 day 110 110 113 113 115 116 121 119 118 118 113 113
Max/Month 108 108 111 111 112 114 113 113 113 114 109 111
Page No. 304 of 313

Cloud Information:
Monthly Averaged Daylight Cloud Amount (%)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
26.2 20.5 29.3 42.5 55.2 79.1 83.9 82.8 73.0 59.5 39.2 28.6 51.8
Average
Monthly Averaged Cloud Amount At Indicated GMT Times (%)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Average@00 n/a 7.45 13.2 27.8 47.4 69.1 74.3 69.4 63.1 47.6 26.2 19.3
Average@03 19.8 13.0 18.0 28.5 46.7 72.9 79.0 74.1 63.9 49.4 29.4 22.0
Average@06 24.3 18.5 24.7 35.5 52.0 79.3 84.5 83.8 73.2 59.3 37.6 27.3
Average@09 34.0 28.1 39.7 54.7 62.9 83.6 87.9 88.3 79.8 68.7 48.7 35.3
Average@12 26.9 22.5 34.8 51.4 59.1 80.5 84.4 85.1 75.0 60.7 41.1 29.8
Average@15 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 65.6 77.9 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Monthly Averaged Frequency Of Clear Skies At Indicated GMT Times
(%)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
< 10% @0 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
< 10% @3 65.1 73.3 65.9 51.5 33.2 7.73 4.55 6.30 14.2 27.2 53.1 62.1
< 10% @6 60.2 67.6 61.4 48.7 32.7 4.38 1.32 1.17 7.88 19.7 45.0 56.1
< 10% @9 48.9 59.9 44.4 26.9 20.2 2.42 0.15 0.00 1.97 12.3 34.2 46.6
< 10% @12 n/a 62.3 46.0 25.4 19.5 2.88 1.47 0.88 4.38 n/a n/a n/a
Page No. 305 of 313

Monthly Averaged Frequency Of Broken-cloud Skies
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
10 - 70%
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
@0
10 - 70%
19.9 18.6 22.1 28.4 26.8 23.6 19.5 23.9 27.7 31.6 24.2 21.9
@3
10 - 70%
20.2 18.0 19.0 20.9 19.3 18.7 15.4 16.8 24.0 26.6 23.0 22.1
@6
10 - 70%
23.1 14.9 21.5 24.0 20.8 15.6 12.1 10.8 21.8 24.4 21.9 24.4
@9
10 - 70%
n/a 19.7 27.2 31.9 27.7 20.3 15.9 14.6 24.7 n/a n/a n/a
@12
10 - 70%
@15
10 - 70%
@18
10 - 70%
@21
Monthly Averaged Frequency Of Near-overcast Skies
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
>= 70%
@0
>= 70%
14.9 8.03 11.8 20.0 39.8 68.6 75.9 69.7 58.0 41.0 22.5 15.8
@3
>= 70%
19.5 14.3 19.5 30.3 47.9 76.8 83.2 81.9 68.0 53.5 31.9 21.7
@6
>=70%
27.8 25.0 34.0 48.9 58.9 81.9 87.6 89.1 76.2 63.2 43.7 28.8
@9
>= 70%
n/a 17.8 26.6 42.5 52.7 76.8 82.5 84.4 70.9 n/a n/a n/a
@12
>= 70%
@15
>=70%
@18
>= 70%
@21
Page No. 306 of 313

Meteorology (Temperature):
Monthly Averaged Air Temperature At 10 m Above The Surface Of The
Earth (C)
Lat
Annual
Average
Lon 75.7
22-year
24.3 26.9 30.1 31.0 29.6 25.4 24.3 24.0 24.9 26.1 25.3 23.7 26.3
Average
Minimum 19.5 21.6 24.6 25.7 24.6 22.2 21.4 21.1 21.2 22.1 21.0 19.0 22.0
Maximum 29.0 31.5 34.9 36.2 34.8 28.7 27.1 26.8 28.4 30.1 29.6 28.4 30.4
Average Daily Temperature Range (C)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
22-year
9.47 9.94 10.3 10.5 * 10.2 6.51 5.66 5.71 7.18 7.95 8.64 9.38
Average
* Warmest month
Monthly Averaged Cooling Degree Days Above 18 C
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Sum
22-year
195 242 365 389 364 223 194 185 204 251 219 176 3007
Average
Monthly Averaged Heating Degree Days Below 18 C
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Sum
22-year Average 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Monthly Averaged Arctic Heating Degree Days Below 10 C
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Sum
22-year Average 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Page No. 307 of 313

Monthly Averaged Arctic Heating Degree Days Below 0 C
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Sum
22-year Average 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Monthly Averaged Earth Skin Temperature (C)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
27.6 31.3 35.7 37.4 35.3 28.2 26.2 26.1 28.1 29.1 28.1 26.3 29.9
Average
Average Minimum, Maximum and Amplitude Of The Daily Mean Earth
Temperature (C)
Lat
Annual
Amplitude
Lon 75.7
Minimum 19.1 21.3 24.6 26.2 25.7 22.9 21.8 21.6 22.4 22.3 20.6 18.5
Maximum 41.2 46.8 52.3 53.9 49.6 36.1 33.0 32.8 37.4 39.7 39.7 38.4
Amplitude 11.0 12.7 13.8 13.8 11.9 6.62 5.60 5.59 7.47 8.74 9.55 9.97 17.6
Monthly Averaged Frost Days (days)
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Sum
22-year Average 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Dew/Frost Point Temperature At 10 m (C)
Lat 16.18
Lon 75.7
Daily Average 10.1 8.34 9.36 12.3 15.8 20.2 20.3 20.0 18.7 15.7 11.9 10.3
Page No. 308 of 313

Meteorology (Wind):
Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 50 m Above The Surface Of The Earth

(m/s)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
10-year
2.29 2.57 2.57 3.08 4.01 4.67 4.62 4.17 3.13 2.63 2.57 2.37 3.22
Average
Minimum And Maximum Difference From Monthly Averaged Wind Speed

At 50 m (%)
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Average
Minimum -14 -18 -12 -19 -20 -10 -10 -6 -9 -13 -19 -24 -14
Maximum 16 21 12 16 17 9 20 8 12 18 10 14 14
Parameter Definition Units Conversion Chart
Monthly Averaged Percent Of Time The Wind Speed At 50 m Above The
Surface Of The Earth Is Within The Indicated Range (%)
Lat
Annual
Average
Lon 75.7
0-2
59 54 51 35 14 6 4 5 30 49 48 54 34
m/s
3-6
41 46 49 65 85 84 87 91 70 51 52 46 64
m/s
7 - 10
0 0 0 0 1 10 8 4 0 0 0 0 2
m/s
11 - 14
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
m/s
15 - 18
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
m/s
19 - 25
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
m/s
Page No. 309 of 313

Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 10 m Above The Surface Of The Earth
For Terrain Similar To Airports (m/s)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
10-year
1.81 2.02 2.02 2.43 3.18 3.69 3.65 3.29 2.46 2.08 2.02 1.87 2.54
Average
Parameter Definition Units Conversion Chart
Difference Between The Average Wind Speed At 10 m Above The
Surface Of The Earth And The Average Wind speed At 50 m Above The
Surface Of The Earth (%) Vegetation type "Airport": flat rough grass
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Average
10-year
-20 -20 -20 -20 -21 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -20 -21 -20
Average
Monthly Averaged Wind Speed Adjusted For Height And Vegetation Type
(m/s) Height 100 meters Vegetation type "Airport": flat rough grass
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
10-year
2.54 2.85 2.85 3.41 4.46 5.18 5.12 4.62 3.47 2.91 2.85 2.62 3.58
Average
Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 50, 100, 150 and 300 m Above The
Surface Of The Earth (m/s) Vegetation type "Airport": flat rough grass
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
50m 2.29 2.57 2.57 3.08 4.01 4.67 4.62 4.17 3.13 2.63 2.57 2.37 3.22
100m 2.54 2.85 2.85 3.41 4.46 5.18 5.12 4.62 3.47 2.91 2.85 2.62 3.58
150m 2.70 3.03 3.03 3.63 4.74 5.50 5.44 4.91 3.69 3.10 3.03 2.79 3.80
300m 2.99 3.36 3.36 4.02 5.25 6.10 6.04 5.45 4.09 3.44 3.36 3.10 4.22
Page No. 310 of 313

Monthly Averaged Wind Speed For Several Vegetation And Surface Types (m/s)
Height 100 meters
Lat 16.18 Annual
Lon 75.7 Average
35-m broadleaf-
3.17 3.55 3.55 4.26 5.56 6.46 6.39 5.77 4.33 3.64 3.55 3.28 4.47
evergreen trees
20-m broadleaf-
2.89 3.27 3.29 3.98 5.26 6.24 6.26 5.57 4.10 3.39 3.29 3.02 4.22
deciduous trees
20-m broadleaf and
3.26 3.55 3.46 4.09 5.26 6.07 6.01 5.54 4.21 3.61 3.58 3.35 4.34
needleleaf trees
17-m needleleaf-
3.08 3.36 3.29 3.89 5.12 5.99 5.97 5.38 4.04 3.42 3.36 3.14 4.18
evergreen trees
14-m needleleaf-
3.04 3.36 3.32 3.92 5.12 5.91 5.84 5.42 4.18 3.56 3.48 3.19 4.20
deciduous trees
Savanna:18-m
broadleaf trees & 3.04 3.41 3.41 4.09 5.34 6.20 6.13 5.54 4.15 3.49 3.41 3.14 4.28
groundcover
0.6-m perennial
2.76 3.09 3.09 3.71 4.84 5.63 5.57 5.02 3.77 3.17 3.09 2.85 3.89
groundcover
0.5-m broadleaf
2.76 3.09 3.09 3.71 4.84 5.63 5.57 5.02 3.77 3.17 3.09 2.85 3.89
shrubs & groundcover
0.5-m broadleaf
2.76 3.09 3.09 3.71 4.84 5.63 5.57 5.02 3.77 3.17 3.09 2.85 3.89
shrubs with bare soil
Tundra: 0.6-m
trees/shrubs & 2.76 3.09 3.09 3.71 4.84 5.63 5.57 5.02 3.77 3.17 3.09 2.85 3.89
groundcover
Rough bare soil 2.66 2.99 2.99 3.58 4.68 5.43 5.38 4.85 3.64 3.06 2.99 2.76 3.75
Crop: 20-m broadleaf-
deciduous trees & 2.78 3.16 3.01 3.92 5.12 5.95 5.88 5.31 3.98 3.30 3.18 2.89 4.05
wheat
Rough glacial snow/ice 2.91 3.23 3.16 3.73 4.88 5.67 5.60 5.06 3.85 3.30 3.25 3.02 3.98
Smooth sea ice 2.59 2.85 2.79 3.27 4.27 4.97 4.91 4.53 3.47 3.00 2.93 2.70 3.53
Open water 2.45 2.75 2.75 3.30 4.30 5.00 4.95 4.46 3.35 2.81 2.75 2.54 3.45
"Airport": flat rough
2.54 2.85 2.85 3.41 4.46 5.18 5.12 4.62 3.47 2.91 2.85 2.62 3.58
grass
Page No. 311 of 313

Meteorology (Other):
Monthly Averaged Relative Humidity (%)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
43.5 34.4 31.2 36.7 48.8 74.7 79.3 79.0 71.0 57.3 46.7 45.5 54.1
Average
Monthly Averaged Humidity Ratio At 10 m Above The Surface Of The Earth
(%)
Lat
16.1
8 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Lon
75.7
22-
year 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
Aver 8812 8025 8617 0471 2938 6560 6557 6227 5048 2819 0185 8988
age
Monthly Averaged Atmospheric Pressure (kPa)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
95.2 95.1 94.9 94.7 94.6 94.5 94.6 94.7 94.8 95.0 95.2 95.3 94.9
Average
Monthly Averaged Total Column Precipitable Water (cm)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
1.95 1.91 2.28 2.82 3.46 4.67 4.79 4.71 4.22 3.45 2.50 2.00 3.23
Average
Page No. 312 of 313

Monthly Averaged Precipitation (mm/day)

Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
0.14 0.11 0.20 0.66 1.53 7.29 7.31 6.12 4.68 3.43 0.85 0.44 2.74
Average
Supporting Information:
Monthly Averaged Top-of-atmosphere Insolation (kWh/m2/day)

Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
8.02 8.97 9.96 10.5 10.7 10.7 10.7 10.5 10.1 9.23 8.24 7.71 9.64
Average
Monthly Averaged Surface Albedo (0 to 1.0)
Lat
16.18 Annual
Lon Average
75.7
22-year
0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.17 0.16 0.13 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.13
Average
Page No. 313 of 313


DPR For VMS Minerals PVT LTD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

DPR For VMS Minerals PVT LTD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DPR For VMS Minerals PVT LTD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

No. S No. Details Page No.

1. Executive Summary 004

2.01 Solar Cell History 024

2.02 Solar Power Technology 027

2.05 Message from Minister 040

2.06 JNNSM Mission & Activities 045

2.07 Indian energy scenario 050

2.08 Ministry of New & Renewable Energy (MNRE) 056

2.10 Importance of Solar Power 062

2.11 Markets for future 068

2.12 Barriers & Benefits of Solar Power 070

2.13 Global Warming 073

2.14 Sources of greenhouse gases 075

2.15 Green house gas concentration trends 077

2.17 World energy scenario 081

2.18 Trends in global solar PV prices 095

Page No. 1 of 313

2.20 Clean Development Mechanism 097

2.21 Carbon Credit Values & Revenues 119

3. Salient Features 134

3.01 Salient Features of the Project 135

3.02 Terminology 137

3.03 Proposed site

4. SWOT Analysis 138

5. Solar radiation resource assessment 143

6. Technology used for Solar Power Generation 187

6.01 Overview of Proposed solar power technology 188

6.02 Solar Cells & Solar Panels 189

6.03 Inverter 192

6.04 General Specification/Interface 193

6.05 Operation & Maintenance 197

6.06 Safety Systems 199

6.07 Constructional Requirement 200

6.08 Layout 201

6.09 Estimation of Power 206

6.10 Technical Requirement 210

6.11 SCADA System 211

7. Internal transmission 231

Page No. 2 of 313

7.02 Inter Connection Facility 233

8. Steps for Project Execution Plan 242

9. Financial Analysis 247

9.01 Project Cost Breakup & Means of Finance 248

9.02 Assumptions & Estimates 250

9.03 Key Parameters 251

9.04 Projected Balance Sheet for 25 Years 253

9.05 Projected Profit & Loss Account for 25 Years 258

9.06 Projected Cash Flow for 25 Years 263

9.07 Projected Working Capital requirement for 25 Years 268

9.08 SLM Depreciation for 25 Years 273

9.09 WDV Depreciation for 25 Years 275

9.10 Income Tax Liability for 25 Years 280

9.11 Finance Expenses for 25 Years 285

9.12 Interest on Term Loan & Repayment 290

10. NASA Surface meteorology and Solar Energy 293

Page No. 3 of 313

Page No. 4 of 313